US20110054304A1 - Combination Localization System - Google Patents
Combination Localization System Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20110054304A1 US20110054304A1 US12/844,061 US84406110A US2011054304A1 US 20110054304 A1 US20110054304 A1 US 20110054304A1 US 84406110 A US84406110 A US 84406110A US 2011054304 A1 US2011054304 A1 US 2011054304A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- tracking
- instrument
- tracking system
- tracking device
- image data
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/10—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges for stereotaxic surgery, e.g. frame-based stereotaxis
- A61B90/11—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges for stereotaxic surgery, e.g. frame-based stereotaxis with guides for needles or instruments, e.g. arcuate slides or ball joints
- A61B90/13—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges for stereotaxic surgery, e.g. frame-based stereotaxis with guides for needles or instruments, e.g. arcuate slides or ball joints guided by light, e.g. laser pointers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B34/00—Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
- A61B34/20—Surgical navigation systems; Devices for tracking or guiding surgical instruments, e.g. for frameless stereotaxis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B18/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
- A61B18/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
- A61B18/14—Probes or electrodes therefor
- A61B18/1492—Probes or electrodes therefor having a flexible, catheter-like structure, e.g. for heart ablation
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00017—Electrical control of surgical instruments
- A61B2017/00022—Sensing or detecting at the treatment site
- A61B2017/00026—Conductivity or impedance, e.g. of tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B34/00—Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
- A61B34/20—Surgical navigation systems; Devices for tracking or guiding surgical instruments, e.g. for frameless stereotaxis
- A61B2034/2046—Tracking techniques
- A61B2034/2051—Electromagnetic tracking systems
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/08—Accessories or related features not otherwise provided for
- A61B2090/0818—Redundant systems, e.g. using two independent measuring systems and comparing the signals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B34/00—Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
- A61B34/25—User interfaces for surgical systems
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates generally to a system for localizing a tracked instrument, and particularly to a localization system using two or more modalities for localizing the instrument within a volume.
- a navigation system can be used to track and navigate an instrument within a volume.
- a navigation system can be used to track an instrument during a procedure, such as a surgical procedure.
- Various systems can be used to track instruments including electromagnetic systems, optical systems, acoustic systems, and other appropriate systems.
- Tracking an instrument can allow for determination of a position of the instrument relative to the patient without directly viewing the instrument within the patient.
- Various methods can be used to achieve this result, such as directly tracking a particular portion of the instrument exterior to the patient or tracking a distal point of the instrument within the patient.
- Differing navigation systems can be used to track different instruments within a patient. For example, a long substantially rigid instrument can be tracked with an optical navigation system that can track a proximal and/or end of the instrument that is external to the patient. Based on determinations, a position of a distal tip or an end of the instrument within the patient can be made. Additionally, navigation systems can use fields, such as electromagnetic fields, to track and navigate a distal portion of an instrument that is within a patient.
- a navigation system or combination of navigation systems can be used to provide two or more types of navigation or modalities of navigation to navigate a single instrument.
- the single instrument can be positioned within the patient and tracked.
- EM Electromagnetic
- EP Electropotential
- a navigation system can generally include a localizer and a tracking sensor.
- the localizer can either transmit or receive a signal and the tracking sensor can also transmit or receive a signal to allow for a determination of a location of the tracking sensor associated with the surgical instrument.
- a surgical instrument can have associated therewith two or more tracking sensors that can be used in two or more modalities of navigation.
- a surgical instrument may include an electrode that can be used with an EP tracking system and can also be associated or moved relative to a tracking sensor that includes an EM coil to be used with an EM tracking system.
- An instrument can include one or more tracking sensors to be used with two or more navigation systems during a single procedure.
- a method can be used to register the two navigation systems during a single procedure. The registration of the two navigation systems can allow all or a determination of a selected number of points within one navigational domain to coordinate or correspond to all or a selected number of points in a second navigational domain.
- a surgical instrument can include a single tracking sensor that can be tracked within two navigation modalities.
- a surgical instrument with a single tracking sensor can be moved relative to a second tracking sensor, where each of the tracking sensors are tracked in different navigation modalities.
- a navigation volume or domain of the first navigation system can be registered to a navigation volume or domain of a second navigation system.
- a first and second navigation system can be registered for navigating a tracking sensor or a surgical instrument within the two navigation modalities.
- FIG. 1 is an environmental view of a navigation system
- FIG. 2A is a detailed cross-section view of an instrument, according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 2B is a detailed cross-section and environmental view of an instrument, according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 3 is a detailed cross-section view of an instrument, according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 4 is an environmental view of a navigation system, according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 5 is a flow chart of a method of registering two navigation systems
- FIG. 6 is a view of image data and icons displayed relative to the image data, according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 7A-7C are detailed flowcharts of registration of two tracking systems, according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 8 is a flowchart illustrating an exemplary method of navigating a registered instrument
- FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating a registration or corresponding method for two tracking systems, according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 9A is an illustration of placement of position data points
- FIG. 10 is an illustration of an instrument for tracking with two tracking systems, according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 11 is an illustration of an instrument for tracking with two tracking systems, according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic illustration of an instrument for tracking with two tracking systems, according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 13 is an illustration of a display device illustrating two types of image data
- FIG. 14 is an illustration of image data with icons illustrating a location of an instrument with two tracking systems
- FIG. 15A is a plan view of a calibration jig with one instrument associated therewith
- FIG. 15 A′ is a plan view of an alternative calibration jig system with one instrument associated therewith and
- FIG. 15B is a plan view of a calibration jig with two instruments associated therewith.
- a surgical navigation system 20 is illustrated in FIG. 1 .
- a first tracking system can include an electropotential (EP) tracking system 22 .
- a second tracking system can include an electromagnetic (EM) tracking system 24 .
- Appropriate tracking systems can include those disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/117,537, filed on May 8, 2008 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2004/0097805, published on May 20, 2004, both incorporated herein by reference.
- the first and second tracking systems 22 , 24 can be used to track a surgical instrument 26 .
- the surgical instrument 26 can be any appropriate instrument, including a lead used as a part of an implantable medical device (IMD) for heart rhythm treatment, neurological treatment, ablation, or other appropriate purposes.
- IMD implantable medical device
- Exemplary procedures using a lead can include left heart applications.
- an electrode on a lead might not be exposed to blood for position determination with the EP tracking system 24 .
- a position element or tracking sensor associated with the EM tracking system 24 can be used to determine a position of the instrument within the patient 36 .
- the registration of the EM tracking system 24 to image data can be used to assist in illustrating vasculature relative to the heart of the patient 36 .
- Certain right heart applications also may be more easily tracked with the EP tracking system 22 as opposed to the EM tracking system 24 .
- a stylet including an EM tracking device can be positioned through a lead.
- the stylet can be removed from a portion of the lead to allow the lead to be substantially less rigid and more flexible. Once the stylet is removed from the lead the exact position of the lead may not be trackable with the EM tracking system 24 .
- the lead electrode can be tracked with the EP tracking system 22 .
- RF energy can affect or interfere with the EM tracking system 24 .
- the EP tracking system 22 can be used during or subsequent to RF ablation to continue or maintain tracking of a device.
- the surgical navigation system 20 used in the various procedure discussed above or herein, can also include various components in addition to the tracking systems 22 , 24 , such as an imaging system 30 .
- the imaging system 30 can be any appropriate imaging system and is exemplary illustrated as a fluoroscopic C-arm system 32 .
- Other imaging systems can include computed tomography (CT) imaging systems, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) systems, and positron emission tomography (PET) imaging systems.
- CT computed tomography
- MRI magnetic resonance imaging
- PET positron emission tomography
- the imaging systems 30 can be used by a surgeon 34 to image a patient 36 prior to (preoperatively), during (intraoperatively), or after (postoperatively) a procedure. Imaging the patient 36 can create image data that can be viewed on a display device 38 or a display device 40 .
- the display device 38 , 40 can be provided alone, such as on a stand 42 or with a processing system as a part of a workstation or processing system 44 .
- the image data can be transferred from the imaging system 30 through a data transmission system 46 , such as a wired or wireless transmission system, to the display devices 38 , 40 .
- the navigation system 20 also including the tracking systems 22 , 24 can be incorporated or connected to the processor system 44 .
- the processor system 44 can include human input devices such as a keyboard 48 , a joystick or mouse 50 , a foot pedal 52 or any other appropriate human input device.
- Each of the human input devices 48 - 52 can be connected with the processor system 44 or other systems, such as the imaging system 30 , for control or actuation thereof.
- the EP tracking system 22 can include components to generate a current in the patient 36 .
- the EP tracking system can include or be based on the LocalisaTM intracardiac tracking system sold by Medtronic, Inc. having a place of business in Minneapolis, Minn.
- the EP tracking system 22 can also include portions disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,697,377 or 5,983,126 to Wittkampf, incorporated herein by reference
- the EP tracking system 22 can include a pair of axis electrodes, which can also be referred to as a localizer, operable to generate a current within a volume, such as the patient 36 .
- the axis electrodes can include three pairs of axis electrodes to generate three substantially orthogonal axes of current within the patient 26 (also see FIG. 4 ).
- the axis electrodes can include a first pair 60 a , 60 b , a second pair 62 a , 62 b , and a third pair 64 a , 64 b .
- the axis can be defined between selected patch pairs, as discussed below, by an alternating current that is generated between any pair of the axis electrodes.
- the first pair of axis electrodes 60 a and 60 b can be positioned on a left and right side of the patient 36 to define an X-axis when a current is generated between the two axis electrodes 60 a and 60 b.
- the substantially orthogonal axis of current can be used to determine or calculate a location of a tracking device 70 .
- the tracking device 70 can include a first or EP tracking device 70 a and a second or EM tracking device 70 b .
- the EP tracking system 22 can be used to track the EP tracking device 70 a .
- the first tracking device 70 a can sense voltages in the patient 36 based upon the induced currents between any pair of the axis electrodes 60 a - 64 b . The voltages can be related to a position of the first tracking device 70 a in the patient 36 .
- the pairs of axis electrodes 60 a - 64 b can be driven with a generator in a controller 72 that is connected via wires or wirelessly with the axis electrodes 60 a - 64 b .
- the generator can provide the power to generate the alternating currents in the patient 36 between the respective the axis electrodes 60 a - 64 b .
- the controller 72 can also include a connection for the instrument 26 to communicate a signal from the tracking device 70 to the controller.
- the connection with the instrument 26 can be wired or wireless, according to various embodiments.
- the controller 72 can include a processor portion or simply be a transmitter to transmit signals from the tracking device 70 . Signals can be transmitted from the controller 72 to the processor system 44 with a transmission system 74 .
- the transmission system 74 can be a wired or wireless transmission system.
- the EM tracking system 24 can also be associated with the controller 72 or can be provided with a separate controller system. It will be understood that various separate circuitry portions may be provided in the controller 72 to generate or operate the EP tracking system 22 or the EM tracking system 24 .
- the EM tracking system 24 includes an EM localizer 76 that can be positioned relative to the patient 36 .
- the EM tracking system can include the AxiEMTM electromagnetic tracking system sold by Medtronic Navigation, Inc. having a place of business in Colorado, USA.
- the localizer 76 can generate an electromagnetic field that is sensed by the EM tracking device 70 b .
- the EM tracking device 70 b can generate a field that is sensed by the localizer 76 .
- a localizer can be used as a part of a tracking system to determine the location of the tracking device 70 .
- the localizer 76 can be interconnected with the controller 72 to transmit a signal to the processor system 44 regarding the position of the EM tracking device 70 b .
- the axis electrodes 60 a - 64 b can be a localizer that induces axes of current in the patient 36 to localize the EP tracking device 70 a .
- the localizer can refer to a portion of the tracking system which can be exterior to the volume, such as the patient 36 , that is used to determine a position of the tracking device 70 .
- the localizer devices can be used to define a navigation domain in a patient space of the patient 36 .
- Patient space can be the physical space that is being operated on during the operative procedure.
- the patient space can also include the navigated space through which the surgical instrument 26 is being navigated.
- Image space can be defined by image data 80 that is displayed on the display devices 38 , 40 .
- Image data 80 can include any appropriate image data, such as image data of a heart 84 ( FIG. 4 ) of the patient 36 .
- the image data 80 displayed on the display devices 38 , 40 can also include atlas data. Atlas data can include statistical or historical data.
- the atlas data can be registered or morphed to the patient image data or patient space. It will be understood that atlas data may be used in an imageless navigation system. For example, an imageless navigation system may not require the acquisition of image data of the patient 36 .
- the patient space can be registered to the image space of the image data 80 according to any appropriate technique, including those discussed herein. Generally, however, the patient space is registered to the image data 80 to allow for displaying or a super imposing an icon or representation of a tracked device, for example the surgical instrument 26 , over the image data 80 on the display device 38 , 40 . Registration generally allows for a transformation of the image data to the patient space. Various registration techniques can include contour matching, fiducial or point matching, automatic registration, or any other appropriate registration. For example, various landmarks or fiducials can be identified in the image data 80 and the same fiducials or landmarks can be identified in the patient 36 , such as within the heart 84 .
- the image data 80 can then be transformed to the patient space of the patient 36 so that a proper location of a superimposed icon 26 i can be shown relative to the image data 80 of the heart 84 .
- Registration techniques can include those discussed in the U.S. Patent Applications incorporated above.
- the EP tracking system 22 can be registered to the EM tracking system 24 .
- the registration of the EP tracking system 22 to the EM tracking system 24 can allow navigation of the EP tracking device 70 a with the image data 80 .
- the tracking device 70 can include the two tracking devices 70 a and 70 b .
- the first tracking device 70 a can be a single electrode or a tip electrode 90 or ring electrode (not illustrated) of a lead assembly 92 .
- the lead assembly 92 can be a lead for any appropriate device, such as a pacing or defibrillator system.
- the lead assembly 92 can be positioned or delivered within a sheath 94 according to generally known lead assemblies, such as the such as the Attain family of catheters sold by Medtronic Inc., having a place of business in Minneapolis, Minn.
- the lead assembly 92 can be positioned within the patient 36 , such as relative to the heart 84 , with a catheter assembly 100 .
- the catheter assembly 100 can be any appropriate configuration.
- the catheter 100 can include a body molded to substantially define a cannula.
- the catheter assembly 100 can include the second tracking device 70 b .
- the second tracking device 70 b can include a first coil 102 and a second coil 104 , or any appropriate number of coils, as part of the EM tracking device 70 b .
- the coils can be coiled with any appropriate configuration, such as around substantially orthogonal axes to one another.
- the second tracking device 70 b can sense an electromagnetic field generated with the localizer 76 or generate an electromagnetic field that is sensed by the localizer 76 .
- the two tracking devices 70 a , 70 b can be used with respective tracking systems 22 , 24 .
- the first tracking device 70 a can sense a voltage or determine bioimpedance (such as an impedance of a tissue of the patient 36 ) because of the induced currents from the axis electrodes 60 a - 64 b .
- the currents generate voltages that can be sensed with the EP tracking device 70 a .
- the voltages sensed by the EP tracking device 70 a can be transmitted to the controller 72 with an appropriate communication line, such as a conductor 106 .
- the conductor 106 can be conductively coupled to the EP tracking device 70 a .
- the EP tracking device 70 a is illustrated as the tip electrode 90 of the lead assembly 92 , that the EP tracking device 70 a can also include an alternative EP tracking device 70 a ′ formed as a part of the sheath 94 . Regardless of the position of the EP tracking device 70 a , its contact (e.g. by removal of a portion of insulation around the electrode) with a conductive medium or electrolyte of the patient 36 can increase and provide efficiency of detecting an appropriate voltage. The voltage sensed by the EP tracking device 70 a can be used to determine the position of the EP tracking device 70 a as discussed further herein and also described in the above incorporated U.S. Patent Applications and Patents.
- the second tracking device 70 b can sense an electromagnetic field generated by the localizer 76 .
- a current can be induced in one or more of the coils 102 , 104 that is dependent upon the position of the coils 102 , 104 in a portion of the electromagnetic field.
- the generated current can be sent as a signal along a transmission line 108 to the controller 72 .
- the lead assembly 92 can be moved relative to tissue of the heart 84 to position the distal tip electrode 90 into the heart 84 .
- the sheath 94 and the tip 90 which can include the first tracking device 70 a , can move relative to the catheter assembly 100 .
- Moving the first tracking device 70 a relative to the catheter assembly 100 moves the first tracking device 70 a relative to the second tracking device 70 b .
- this can be used to determine the location of the first tracking device 70 a relative to the second tracking device 70 b for registration of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 . This determination can be used to track the first tracking device 70 a relative to the patient 36 and with the registered image data 80 .
- the tracking devices 70 a and 70 b could be the same coil of wire or conductive material provided with different insulation characteristics.
- the loops or turns of the tracking device 70 a can be electrically separated from the loops or turns of wire for the second tracking device 70 b .
- Both sets of loops can be of the same length of wire over top one another.
- the conductive media or loops of the first tracking device 70 a can be external and exposed to the patient to sense or measure the voltage in the patient.
- the second portion of the loops can be isolated from the patient and insulated, but they can, along with the first portion, sense the field of the EM tracking system 24 .
- the instrument 120 can include a lead assembly 121 substantially similar to the lead assembly 92 discussed above, including a tip electrode 90 and a sheath 94 .
- the instrument 120 can also include a catheter assembly 122 .
- the lead assembly 121 including the distal tip 90 and the sheath 94 can be moved relative to the catheter assembly 122 .
- the catheter assembly 122 can include the tracking device 70 ′ as a single unit or device including an EP tracking device 70 a ′ and one or more windings of an EM tracking device 70 b ′.
- the EM tracking device 70 b ′ can be positioned substantially over or around the EP tracking device 70 a ′.
- the EP tracking device 70 a ′ can include an annular ring that is molded into or formed with the catheter assembly 122 .
- the EP tracking device 70 a ′ can be used with the EP tracking system 22 similar to the distal tip electrode 90 of the lead assembly 92 .
- the EM tracking device 70 b ′ can be used with the EM tracking system 24 similar to the windings 102 , 104 of the EM tracking device 70 b .
- the EP tracking device 70 a ′ and the EM tracking device 70 b ′ can be positioned substantially atop one another. This allows for the tracked position of the EP tracking device 70 a ′ and the tracked position of the EM tracking device 70 b ′ to be substantially coincident throughout a tracked procedure.
- a signal from either of the EP tracking device 70 a ′ or the EM tracking device 70 b ′ can be transmitted along or with a communication system 124 .
- the EM tracking device 70 b ′ can include a wired or wireless transmission system.
- the tracking device 70 ′ can be tracked with the two tracking systems 22 , 24 .
- the electrode of the EP tracking device 70 a ′ can sense the voltages within the patient 36 .
- the EM tracking device 70 b ′ can sense a magnetic field or electromagnetic field or transmit a magnetic field or electromagnetic field.
- the single tracking device 70 ′ can be used with two or more tracking systems 22 , 24 to determine a location of the tracking device 70 ′ and the catheter and lead assembly 120 .
- the tip electrode 90 of the lead assembly 121 can also be used as the EP tracking device with the EP tracking system 22 .
- a tracking device 70 ′′ can include an EP tracking device 70 a ′′ and an EM tracking device 70 b ′′.
- the EP tracking device 70 a ′′ can be positioned on a first instrument portion 26 a and the EM tracking device 70 b ′′ can be positioned on a second instrument portion 26 b .
- the two instrument portions 26 a , 26 b can be positioned within the patient 36 . Alternately, one of the two instrument portions 26 can be positioned relative to the patient 36 in any appropriate manner.
- the second instrument portion 26 b including the EM tracking device 70 b ′′ can be positioned on an exterior surface of the patient 36 or be implanted as a fiducial or dynamic reference frame in the patient 36 , such as fixed relative to the heart 84 .
- the two tracking devices 70 a ′′ and 70 b ′′ can be moved relative to one another during an operative procedure. For example, if both of the tracking devices 70 a ′′ and 70 b ′′ are positioned on two separate and moveable instruments 26 a , 26 b they can be moved to a known position relative to one another within the patient 36 during an operative procedure. Alternatively, if the second instrument 26 b is positioned at a fixed location relative to the patient 36 , the first instrument portion 26 a can be moved to a known position relative to the second instrument portion 26 b during an operative procedure. For example, fluoroscopic or ultrasound imaging, such as with the imaging system 30 , can be used to confirm or determine the known position of the first surgical instrument 26 a and the second instrument 26 b . Accordingly, during a second procedure, a position of the EP tracking device 70 a ′′ and the EM tracking device 70 b ′′ can be determined.
- a location of the EP tracking device 70 a ′′ can be determined with the EP tracking system 22 .
- the EM tracking system 24 can be used to determine the location of the EM tracking device 70 b ′′.
- the determined location of the two tracking devices 70 a ′′, 70 b ′′ can be used to register the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 .
- the tracked position of the two instruments 26 a , 26 b can be used for illustration of an icon representing one or both of the instruments 26 a , 26 b on the display devices 38 , 40 relative to the image data 80 .
- FIG. 5 a flow chart or navigation method for registering or coordinating a dual tracking system 130 is illustrated.
- the navigation method 130 is illustrated briefly in FIG. 5 and further detailed in FIGS. 7A-7C and 8 .
- the method of using a two tracking system navigation system will be discussed in an exemplary embodiment herein. It will be understood, however, that a navigation system including two or more tracking systems can be used according to various embodiments, including those discussed above.
- the assembly 92 is discussed as an exemplary embodiment.
- the navigation method 130 allows for registration of the EP tracking system 22 to the EM tracking system 24 and further to the image data 80 .
- the EM tracking system 24 can be registered to the image data 80 , as discussed herein, including registering the navigation domain of the EM tracking system 24 with the image space.
- the EP tracking system 22 including the navigation domain of the EP tracking system 22
- the registration of the EP tracking system 22 to the EM tracking system 24 can allow the EP tracking system 22 to be registered to the image data 80 .
- the navigation method 130 can include starting in start block 132 .
- the image data 80 can then be acquired in block 134 .
- the image data 80 can be displayed on the display device 40 .
- an icon 92 i can be superimposed on the image data 80 to represent a location of an appropriate instrument, such as the surgical instrument 26 .
- the image data 80 can include three dimensional or two dimensional image data that is acquired for representation or illustration of a portion of the patient 36 . It will be further understood that the image data 80 acquired in block 134 can be image data that is acquired preoperatively, intraoperatively, or at any appropriate time. It may also include a combination of preoperative and intraoperative image data.
- preoperative image data can be merged or registered with intraoperative image data according to any appropriate technique.
- 2D to 3D image registration can occur as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/644,680 filed Aug. 20, 2003, incorporated herein by reference.
- the acquired image data can be stored or transferred to the processor system 44 which is a part of the navigation system 20 for use in illustrating a tracked location of the surgical instrument 26 relative to the patient 36 .
- the patient space generally defined by the tracking system 22 , 24 can be registered to the image data 80 or image space in block 136 .
- the registration of the image data 80 to the patient space can be with any appropriate method, as discussed above.
- the registration of the image data 80 to the patient space can be performed with the EM tracking system 24 .
- the EM tracking system 24 including the localizer 76 , can generate a field and navigation space which can be substantially known and is definable in Euclidean coordinates.
- the known navigation space can be efficiently and directly registered to Euclidean coordinates of the image data 80 .
- the known field of the EM localizer 76 allows a detected change in the field sensed with the EM localizer 76 to be directly related to a distinct position or movement in the field at substantially all points in the field. In other words, a detected movement of the EM tracking device 70 b generally results in the same signal change regardless of the position of the EM tracking device 70 b within the field generated by the EM localizer 76 .
- every space in the EM navigation domain is known due to the uniform electromagnetic field. Accordingly, a coordinate system identified or defined by the EM tracking system 24 can be substantially known and efficiently applied to the coordinate system of the image data 80 .
- the registration of the image data 80 to the patient space identified with the EM tracking system 24 can be performed in any appropriate manner. As discussed above, point, contour, or any other appropriate registration processes can be used.
- the EM tracking device 70 b can be positioned relative to known fiducials or landmarks within the patient 36 and similar or related landmarks or fiducials can be identified in the image data 80 .
- the processor system 44 or any appropriate processor system, can then be used to register the points in the image data 80 to the points of the patient space. Once the registration has occurred, the image data 80 is registered to the patient space identified or within the navigation space defined by the EM tracking system 24 .
- the EM tracking system 24 can be registered to the EP tracking system 22 in block 138 .
- the registration or coordination between the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 can occur at any appropriate time, such as before or after the EM tracking system 24 is registered to the image data in block 136 .
- the EP tracking system 22 can be registered to the EM tracking system 24 in block 138 in any appropriate manner.
- exemplary registration systems 138 a , 138 b , and 138 c are illustrated and described in greater detail in relation to FIGS. 7A-7C .
- the navigation with the EP tracking device 70 a can be done and a position of the instrument 26 including the tracking device 70 a can be navigated relative to the image data 80 due to the registration of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 in block 138 . Accordingly, navigation using only the EP tracking system 22 can occur in block 140 .
- the lead assembly 92 can include the EP tracking device 70 a that can be defined by the tip electrode 90 of the lead 92 .
- the catheter 100 can include one or more coils 102 , 104 of the EM tracking device 70 b .
- the EM tracking device 70 b can be used to register the image data 80 to the patient space of the patient 36 .
- a lead or instrument including an EP electrode can be provided in block 152 .
- the EP electrode can be a distal tip electrode of the lead or can be provided in any other portion, such as in the sheath 94 .
- the alternative EP tracking device 70 a ′ can be provided in the sheath 94 . Regardless of the position of the electrode it can be used as the EP tracking device 70 a and it can be positioned relative to the EM tracking device 70 b that is positioned within the catheter 100 .
- the lead including the EP tracking device 70 a can be moved relative to the catheter 100 in block 154 .
- the EP tracking device 70 a When moving the lead relative to the catheter 100 , it can be determined when the EP tracking device 70 a moves past or is near the coils 102 , 104 of the EM tracking device 70 b in block 156 .
- Various mechanisms can be used to determine when the EP electrode 70 a moves past the EM tracking device 70 b . For example, a change in impedance, measured voltage, or other determinations can be measured with the EL electrode 70 a and used to determine when the EP electrode is next to or immediately past the EM tracking device 70 b.
- a registration of the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 can occur in block 158 .
- the registration can occur by substantially coordinating or registering the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 .
- the EP tracking system 22 can be used to determine the position of the EP tracking device 70 a and the EM tracking system 24 can be used to determine the position of the EM tracking device 70 b these two positions or points in patient space can be identified as the same. Accordingly, the navigation space of the EP tracking system 22 can be overlaid or registered with the navigation space of the EM tracking system 24 .
- the coordination or registration between the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 can be performed by acquiring a selected number of points that are identical or at known locations relative to one another, as discussed above, with both of the tracking systems. For example, at least three corresponding points may be acquired though more points may be used to actually model or characterize the non-orthogonal or known navigation space defined by the EP tracking system 22 . Less information may be necessary in a local or small region than would be needed for a larger space, such as an entire navigation space.
- a curvature model such as a spline model, can be used to model the EP tracking system 22 coordinate system or navigation space. Other appropriate modeling calculations could also be used to computationally coordinate the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 .
- an icon 92 i can represent generally the surgical instrument 26 , or any portion thereof, and not only the tracking devices. The position of the surgical instrument, however, can be identified or determined based upon the tracked position of the tracking device 70 .
- the navigation space of the EP tracking system 22 may not be substantially uniform or strictly aligned with the coordinates that were used to acquire the image data 80 .
- the tissue of the patient 36 may not be substantially uniform impedance.
- the impedance of muscle tissue may be substantially different from the impedance of blood or other electrolyte. Accordingly, a particular change in voltage may not always be related to a single physical quantity of movement amount of the EP tracking device 70 a .
- Movement of the EP tracking device 70 a within the patient 36 can be measured using the EP tracking system 22 once it is registered with a tracking system, such as the EM tracking system 24 , which can be registered to the image data 80 .
- a registered position of the EP tracking device 70 a can be superimposed on the image data 80 . Therefore, a position of the EP tracking device 70 a can be superimposed on the image data 80 even if a non-uniform navigation space is generated with the EP tracking system 22 .
- registering the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 can be achieved with registration method 138 b .
- a catheter can be provided with an EP electrode as the EP tracking device 70 a in block 170 .
- a lead assembly can be provided with the EM tracking device 70 b in block 172 . The lead can then be moved relative to the catheter in block 174 .
- a determination can be made when the EM tracking device 70 b is aligned with or at a selected and known position relative to the EP tracking device 70 a in block 176 .
- a registration of the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 can then occur in block 178 .
- the registration method 138 b can be substantially similar to the registration method 138 a (illustrated in FIG. 7A ) save that the EP electrode is positioned in the catheter 100 and the EM tracking device 70 b is positioned on the lead. Therefore, registration can occur in substantially the same way and tracking of the EP tracking device 70 a can occur and superimposition of a position of the EP tracking device 70 a can be illustrated relative to the image data 80 .
- the registration method 138 c can include positioning the EM tracking device 70 b at a known location in the patient 36 or other navigable space in block 184 .
- the EM tracking device 70 b can be any appropriate device, for example the second tracked instrument 26 b illustrated in FIG. 4 .
- the second tracked device 26 b can be a second instrument moved relative to the patient 36 , a dynamic reference frame (DRF) fixed relative to the patient 36 , or any appropriate device including the EM tracking device 70 b .
- the DRF 26 b ′ can be positioned relative to the patient 36 at a fixed and known location.
- the known location of the DRF 26 b ′ can be determined in any appropriate manner.
- a registration probe (not illustrated) can be moved relative to the DRF 26 b ′ to determine the location of the DRF 26 b ′.
- the DRF 26 b ′ can be positioned or include a fiducial that is identified in the image data 80 to allow for identification and registration to the image data 80 .
- the second instrument 26 b is a moveable instrument, it can be moved to a landmark that can also be identified within the image data 80 .
- the first tracked instrument 26 a including the EP tracking device 70 a can be moved relative to the second tracked device 26 b , 26 b ′.
- the first instrument 26 a illustrated in FIG. 4
- the first instrument 26 a can move to the location of the DRF 26 b ′ in block 186 .
- registration of the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 can occur in block 188 .
- the location of the two tracking devices 70 a , 70 b can be determined to be substantially identical when they are positioned next to each other to allow for registration of the two tracking systems 22 , 24 .
- two tracked instruments 26 a , 26 b when they are provided, they can be positioned at a known position and orientation relative to one another to allow for registration to occur in block 188 .
- the first tracked instrument 26 a can be positioned at a known position and orientation relative to the DRF 26 b ′.
- the DRF 26 b ′ can be tracked with one of the two tracking systems and the first tracked instrument 26 a with the other tracking system and registration can occur.
- knowing a position and orientation of the DRF 26 b ′ and position and orientation of the EP tracking device 70 a relative to the DRF 26 b ′ can allow for registration of the two tracking systems 22 , 24 even if the two tracking devices 70 a , 70 b are not in substantially identical locations.
- imaging systems can be used to determine or identify the known locations of the two tracking devices 70 a , 70 b.
- Registration of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 can also occur by providing the EP tracking device 70 a and the EM tracking device 70 b substantially at the same position on the tracked instrument 26 , as illustrated with the instrument 120 in FIG. 3 .
- the tracking device 70 has substantially only one location for both the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 a complex determination of registration is not otherwise required, including positioning the EP tracking device 70 a relative to the EM tracking device 70 b .
- the tracked position of the EM tracking device 70 b with the EM tracking system 24 can be used to correspond the position of the EP tracking device 70 a inherently since all positions determined with the EM tracking device 70 b are inherently registered with the EP tracking device 70 a . Therefore, the coordinate system of the EM tracking system 24 can be used to illustrate a position of the EP tracking device 70 a on the image data 80 at all times. This can allow or be used to acquire more than one point that is the same position with both of the tracking devices 70 a and 70 b . This can assist in registration of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 . It will be understood, however, that the two tracking devices 70 a and 70 b need not be the same device to acquire more than one point that is at the same position with both of the tracking devices 70 a and 70 b.
- a third tracking device can be provided.
- the tip electrode 92 can also be interconnected with the controller 72 .
- the position of the tip electrode 92 can be tracked once it has exited the catheter 122 .
- the EP tracking device 70 a and the EM tracking device 70 b need not be positioned on top of one another, but can be positioned substantially at a known fixed location relative to one another or next to each other with a selected assembly.
- an electrode of the EP tracking device 70 a can be positioned substantially abutting coils of wire defining the EM tracking device 70 b . They can also be positioned a distance from one another at a substantially known location, at least when a device is at a known configuration.
- the known relationship or relative positions of the EP tracking device 70 a and the EM tracking device 70 b can be used to register the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 even if the EP tracking device 70 a and the EM tracking device 70 b are not at the same location.
- Movement of the EP tracking device 70 a can be determined in block 200 .
- the movements of the EP tracking device 70 a can then be registered to the coordinates of the EM tracking system 24 in block 202 .
- registration of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 allow for a registration of a coordinate in the EM tracking system 24 with a determined position of the EP tracking device 70 a in the EP tracking system 22 .
- a position of the EP tracking device 70 a can be illustrated or displayed on the display device 38 , 40 in block 204 .
- a tracked position of just the EP tracking device 70 a with the EP tracking system 22 can be displayed on the display device 40 relative to the image data 80 .
- the icon 70 ai representing a position of the instrument tracked with the EP tracking device 70 a can be displayed on the image data 80 .
- Merging preoperative acquired image data can be done to intraoperative acquired image data in block 206 .
- the merging of the image data can occur in any appropriate manner.
- One appropriate method can include contour merging, which matches contours in the preoperative acquired image data and intraoperative acquired image data. For example, if image data of a vertebra is acquired preoperatively and contours of a vertebra is acquired intraoperatively they can be matched. The contours can be manually or automatically determined in the image data and matched between image data sets.
- tracking the EP tracking device 70 a can be used to create point clouds for various organs. For example, a point cloud or point cloud map can be generated for a portion of the heart 84 . The point cloud can then be matched, such as with contour matching or landmark matching, with preoperative acquired image data. Point cloud matching or generation includes identifying one or more points with the tracking device 70 , such as with the EP tracking device 70 a to generate a surface of a volume. Appropriate cloud mapping techniques include those described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/117,537, filed on May 8, 2008, incorporated herein by reference. It will be understood, however, that the generation of the point cloud can be made with either the EP tracking device 70 a or the EM tracking device 70 b .
- the EP tracking device 70 a which can include an electrode, can be provided at a selected size, such as one that will easily maneuver within the heart 84 to allow for an efficient generation of the cloud map by identifying a plurality of points. Accordingly, a selected one of the tracking devices 70 a , 70 b can be efficiently used to generate a selected type of data, such as a landmark or cloud map, for merging of intraoperative and preoperative image data.
- a selected type of data such as a landmark or cloud map
- the electrode 92 of the lead 90 can be used as the EP tracking device 70 a .
- the tip electrode 92 can be implanted in the heart 84 .
- image data 80 which can be pre- or intra-operatively acquired, can be used to identify or suggest a selected location of the lead tip 92 .
- image data 80 By registering the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 a selected location identified relative to the image data 80 can be used to guide the electrode 92 to an appropriate or selected location for implantation.
- An additional tracking device, such as the EM tracking device 70 b is not required to track the electrode 92 to a selected location within the heart 84 with the image data 80 because of the registration of the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 .
- Suggesting a placement of a lead tip can be based on any appropriate information, such as historical data, statistical data, or atlas models.
- Exemplary suggestion systems include those disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0097806, published on May 20, 2004, incorporated herein by reference.
- the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 can be used for different tracking purposes or in different locations.
- the EP tracking system 22 may not generate an appropriate signal in various portions of the patient 36 .
- the EP tracking device 70 a is not positioned within a portion of the patient 36 that includes an electrolyte or appropriately conducted material, a voltage may not be generated relative to the EP tracking device 70 a when a current is induced in the patient 36 . Therefore, the EM tracking device 70 b can be used to track the position of the instrument 26 relative to the patient 36 .
- the EP tracking device 70 a can be substantially smaller than the EM tracking device 70 b .
- the EP tracking device 70 a may only include a single wire or small conductive member to act as an electrode, and, thus have small dimensions.
- the small dimensions of the electrode of the EP tracking device 70 a can allow it to move to selected locations, such as within the heart 84 , which may not be accessible with a larger tracking device, such as the EM tracking device 70 b . Therefore, providing the EP Tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 can allow for tracking the surgical device 26 , or any appropriate device, with more than one modality.
- the EP tracking system 22 can be used to track the lead electrode 90 as the EP tracking device 70 a . Accordingly, the EP tracking system 22 can be used to track the location of the lead electrode 90 to its intended implantation site or location with the EP tracking device 70 a . The tracked position can then be displayed on the display devices 38 , 40 for viewing by the surgeon 34 .
- the EP tracking system 22 may not be directly registerable to the image data 80 . As discussed above, varying impedances of tissue of the patient 36 may inhibit registration of the EP tracking system 22 with the image data 80 . Lack of registration with the image data 80 can reduce effectiveness of image navigation.
- the EM tracking system 24 can be registered with the image data 80 .
- the EM tracking system 24 including the more uniform navigation domain, can be registered to the image data 80 .
- identity points in both the EP tracking system 22 navigation domain and the EM tracking system 24 navigation domain the two tracking systems can be registered. This can allow the EP tracking system 22 to be registered to the image data 80 .
- Registration can also allow the use of pre-acquired image data that can be registered to intraoperative image data or other appropriate image data for navigation of the instrument 26 with the EP tracking device 70 a.
- the two tracking systems 22 , 24 can be used for complementary purposes.
- the EM tracking system 24 may have a higher accuracy than the EP tracking system 22 . Therefore the EM tracking system 24 can be used to determine locations of various landmarks for registration, while the EP tracking system 22 is used for navigation of the instrument 26 for implantation. Also, if location and size permits, the EM tracking system 24 can be used to confirm a location of the instrument 26 after implantation.
- the EM tracking system 24 can track the tracking device 70 b in the absence of a conductive material.
- the EP tracking device 70 a can be used to track the instrument when a conductive medium and current is present (e.g. within the heart 84 ) and the EM tracking device 70 b can be used to track the instrument 26 when the conductive medium is not present.
- the EP tracking system 22 may not be able to track the EP tracking device 70 a.
- the flow chart 130 illustrating the method for registering or coordinating dual or two tracking system types illustrates a general overview of a registration, also referred to as a corresponding, method. It will be understood, however, that the registration of two tracking systems can be performed according to any appropriate method.
- a flow chart 250 illustrates a method of registering the coordinates of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 .
- the EP tracking system 22 can generate a navigational domain by injecting a current into the patient 36 to define patient space with injection or axis electrodes.
- the EM tracking system 24 can generate a navigational domain in patient space with an EM localizer that generates EM fields.
- Registering the two tracking systems 22 , 24 is understood to allow a position determined with one of the tracking systems to be corresponded or registered to or known in the coordinates of the other tracking system. This can further allow illustration of a position of a tracked instrument on registered image data.
- the method according to the flowchart 250 can start in block 251 and then proceed through three main phases.
- the first phase in block 252 the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 are registered to one another.
- the displacement of the EP determined physical (patient space) position relative to the EM determined physical (patient space) position of the tracked instrument is determined and saved or stored.
- the EP position data is corrected or interpolated to illustrate or output the registered or corresponding position of the EM tracking system 24 based on the registration and the determined displacement in the first and second phases.
- Phase I Register EM tracking system coordinates and EP tracking system coordinates in block 252 .
- Step I.1. Synchronize time or data position collection in two tracking systems in block 258 , e.g. the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 .
- the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 should be synchronized during simultaneous position acquisition, as discussed herein.
- the purpose of the registration is to allow registration or correspondence between positions determined by each of the two tracking systems 22 , 24 . Accordingly, to properly compare simultaneous positions, the two tracking systems 22 , 24 should allow for synchronous position acquisition and determination. It will be understood, however, that synchronous position acquisition need not only require the same physical position acquisition at the same instant, rather it can also include determining a time when a position is determined with one of the two tracking systems and a time when a similar, same, or related position is determined with the other tracking system.
- One method for synchronization can include identifying a first pedal press of the foot pedal 54 in each position data set for each of the two tracking systems 22 , 24 .
- the pedal press can be, however, any appropriate physical input by the user 34 to each of the tracking systems to identify an initial position determination or point acquisition.
- the pedal press in each data set can be used to compute the time offset between the two position data sets.
- the two tracking systems 22 , 24 can be interconnected with a network system and the network time protocol (NTP) can be used to synchronize timestamps for the position data collection.
- NTP network time protocol
- any other data transmission system such as a USB cable, can be used to synchronize or send a synchronization signal to synchronize the two tracking systems 22 , 24 .
- a position sampling signal can be sent from one of the tracking systems, such as the EM tracking system 24 , to the other of the tracking systems, such as the EP tracking system 22 .
- the signal is to allow the acquisition of a position determination simultaneously with both tracking systems 22 , 24 .
- the position collection command can allow for inherent registration between the two tracking systems 22 , 24 . It will be understood, however, that latency may exist between the issuance of the command to collect the position data and the actual collection of the position data. Once the latency between the provision of the command and the collection of the position data is accounted for, the two tracking systems 22 , 24 can be synchronized. It will be understood, however, that the position determination instruction can be issued from either of the tracking systems, such as from the EP tracking system 22 to the EM tracking system 24 or vice versa.
- Position data can be acquired and time stamped.
- the time stamped data can then be compared, beginning at the synchronous event, for the registration of the multiple tracking systems.
- Additional synchronization techniques can include motion detection and analysis.
- the position data collected with both of the tracking systems 22 , 24 can be used to determine motion of the respective tracking devices in each of the tracking systems 22 , 24 .
- the position data can be used to determine the motion of the respective tracking devices.
- the respective sensors are moved within the volume of the subject, such as the patient 36 .
- motion can be induced and position can be changed in the respective tracking devices due to respiration, blood flow, movement of the heart, or movement of the catheter.
- respiration, blood flow, movement of the heart, or movement of the catheter Particularly if motion is quite vigorous, for example, when the position elements are positioned near the right ventricle or apex, a great deal of motion can be determined.
- the same or similar determined motion can be used to relate or determine similar positions of two tracking devices.
- the sampling rate for the tracking systems 22 , 24 can be relatively high compared to the motion within the patient 36 .
- a heart beat can be on the order of one half to one second while a sampling rate can be at least about ten per second. Accordingly, a plurality of samples can be collected for each heart beat.
- a relatively great deal of motion data can be collected and analyzed or compared between the two tracking systems 22 , 24 to achieve an accurate synchronization signal.
- a plurality of position samples can be analyzed for determining motion of the respective position elements. It will be understood that the analysis can be used to synchronize all of the data or certain portions of the data using an analysis over time of the motion. The data can be synchronized by determining when in time the motion is substantially identical to synchronize the collected position data.
- a coordination or registration between the two tracking systems 22 , 24 can be completed as discussed herein.
- the registration can be based upon the acquisition of the position data with one or both of the tracking systems and determining a look up table for a relationship between the EM and EP tracking systems 22 , 24 .
- a translation can be made between a position determined with either of the tracking systems 22 , 24 and translated to the coordinate system of the other of the two tracking systems 22 , 24 .
- Step I.2. Collect Position Data with Both the EP Tracking system 22 and the EM Tracking System 24 in block 260 .
- a plurality of position data samples can be collected. For example, 10, 50, 200, or any appropriate number of position data samples can be collected. It will be understood, that the position data samples collected, starting with the first synchronized data sample, can be collected with synchronization, such as with one of the two tracking systems providing a data collection signal, or synchronizing the two data sets, such as with motion analysis. Accordingly, it will be understood that the data sample used for the translation or coordination between the two tracking systems 22 , 24 can be data that is collected after synchronization has occurred between the two tracking systems 22 , 24 or after a plurality of data from both of the two tracking systems 22 , 24 have been synchronized. However, the position data can be collected and analyzed with the synchronous information as opposed to both tracking systems synchronously collecting position data.
- any appropriate number of substantially synchronized data points can be collected or used for translation between the two tracking systems 22 , 24 .
- a linear interpolation can be made between the two nearest points in both of the EM tracking system position data and the EP tracking system position data to generate pairs of synchronized or substantially synchronized position data.
- an interpolation can be made between the two nearest points generated in each of the two tracking systems 22 , 24 . Accordingly, any appropriate number of synchronized position data points can be collected or used between the two tracking systems 22 , 24 .
- a transformation can be made between the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 , as discussed herein.
- the transformation can be between the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 based upon the pairs of synchronized points obtained, as discussed above. It will be understood that position data points from the EP tracking system 22 can be translated into the EM tracking system 24 coordinate position data and vice versa.
- the discussion herein regarding transforming the EM position data to the EP tracking system 22 coordinate system is merely exemplary.
- a non-linear optimization procedure can be used to find an Affine transformation between each of the pairs of points from the two tracking systems 22 , 24 .
- a position data point from the EP tracking system 22 can be referred to as 22 p and a position data point from the EM tracking system 24 can be referred to as 24 p , as illustrated in FIG. 9A .
- the transformation can minimize the sum of the square of distances between the EP points 22 p and the EM points 24 p that are related in time to each other. That is, that points that are compared were collected at the same time or at the same physical location due to the synchronization.
- Appropriate optimization methods can include the Nelder-Mead method, such as that described in Nelder, J. A.
- the navigation system 20 can interpolate position and time samples.
- the interpolation can include determine a difference in time or the time when a position data point in each of the two tracking systems was collected at different times for the same physical location.
- a single instrument can have a first tracking device tracked with the first tracking system 22 and a second tracking device tracked by the second tracking system 24 at substantially the same physical (e.g. patient space) position.
- the affine transformation can include several parameters for the transformation of the EP position data to the EM position data, for example 10 parameters.
- the parameters can include translating each of the EM points 24 p to center on the origin.
- Translating the EM points to center on the origin can include three parameters, at least, because the position points exist in three dimensional space along three axes, as discussed above. Accordingly, each of the EM points will have three dimensions each relating to one of the three parameters to translate the EM points to center on the origin.
- the EM points 24 p can also be uniformly scaled with at least one parameter to enlarge the cloud or volume of the EM points.
- the EM and EP tracking systems 22 , 24 can be used to generate a plurality of points to identify a surface, such as an internal surface of a heart of the patient 36 . Accordingly, both the EM and EP tracking systems 22 , 24 generate a plurality of points that are used to identify or generate a surface.
- Three parameters further are to rotate the EM points 24 p around each of the three axis. Rotation around each of the axis can relate to one of the three parameters.
- the EM tracking system 24 is not aligned to the patient, unlike the EP tracking system 22 , due to the placement of the axes patches on the patient 36 .
- the axes patches on the patient 36 do the alignment of the EP tracking system 22 to the patient 36 .
- Registration includes not only distance but coordinate alignment of the EM tracking system 24 coordinates to the EP tracking system 22 coordinates, thus rotation is necessary.
- three parameters can include translating the EM points 24 p to the center of the EP points 22 p from the origin.
- the center of the EP points can be determined by identifying an outer most extent of the EP position points and determining a center related to all of the outer most points. It will be understood that any other appropriate center or identification of a position within the EP points 22 p can be determined and translating the EM points 24 p to the center or other determined point can be made along each of the three axis to determine or generate the three final parameters.
- the ten parameters as discussed above, can be optimized using the appropriate optimization algorithm or method, such as the Nelder-Mead optimization method.
- the affine transformation can be applied to the EM points 24 p .
- the EM points 24 p and the EP points 22 p should include substantially identical positions in generated space.
- the surface or cloud of position data points collected with both of the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 should appear to be substantially identical.
- the transformation therefore, can be used to coordinate or register the coordinate systems of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 . Once registered a position data point determined with one of the tracking systems can be registered to the other tracking system. As discussed above, this can allow for the EP position data point 22 p to be superimposed on image data based on a registration of the EM tracking system 24 to appropriate image data (such as external image data including magnetic resonance image data).
- the transformation can also be to transform the EP position data points 22 p to the EM coordinate system.
- the EM coordinate system is substantially uniform and generally can be related more strictly to three dimensional coordinates of the patient 36 .
- Phase II Determine Local Displacements between the EM tracking system and the EP taking system in block 270
- position data points 24 p and the EP data points 22 p can be collected with the EP tracking system 22 and/or the EM tracking system 24 .
- position data points can be collected at any appropriate rate or frequency for generation of a map of a volume, which can be rendered as a surface or a plurality of points or managed points, as discussed above.
- the frequency of data collection can be any appropriate frequency, such as about a position data point every one second or about twelve times per second.
- each of the data points collected in either of the two tracking systems 22 , 24 can be substantially instantaneously or continuously transformed to the coordinate system of the other tracking system.
- the navigation system 20 or a processor thereof executing instructions, can transform the additional EP position data points to the EM coordinate system.
- Any appropriate amount of position data can be collected and used to generate a map, as discussed above. Further, the transformation can be between any two appropriate navigation or tracking systems rather than just between an EM and EP tracking system.
- Part 2 Determine and Store a vector from each EP point 22 p to a synchronized and corresponding EM point 24 p of the two tracking systems 22 , 24 in block 274 . (Step II.2.)
- a vector 22 v ( FIG. 9A ) can be computed between each of the actually collected EP position data points 22 p and the corresponding EM position data point 24 p .
- the vector from the EP position data point 22 p to the corresponding EM data point 24 p can be based upon the transformation discussed above.
- the vector 22 v between the EP and EM points 22 p , 24 p can be stored and saved in an octree for each of the EP position points 22 p collected.
- an octree is a spatial data structure that can be used to map points and space to data.
- the data can include the vector 22 v from each of the EP points 22 p to the EM points 24 p and the spatial information can be related to the spatial position of the EP point 22 p and the position data relating to that point. Accordingly, for each of the position data points that are collected including the EP position data points 22 p , a vector 22 v can be determined to a corresponding EM data point 24 p and stored in an appropriate data structure for later access.
- a three dimensional or appropriate look-up table (3D-LUT) can be generated or created.
- the three dimensional look up table can include a plurality of grid points in three dimensional space. For each of the points in the look up table, an average of each of the vectors between the EP and EM points can be determined within a given radius from the respective grid points.
- the vectors that are stored in the octree, discussed above, can be efficiently accessed within the given radius from the selected grid point to generate the look up table.
- the grid points within the three dimensional space can be related to the information in the 3D-LUT. Accordingly, information regarding each of the points within a respective grid can be stored in the 3D-LUT. It will be further understood that the grid points can be positioned at any appropriate density or spacing for use in 3D-LUT.
- Phase III Correct The EP Position Data in Sub-Routine Block 280 .
- each of the EP position data points can be corrected or interpolated to the EM coordinate system of the EM tracking system 24 .
- the EP position data points can be a linearly interpolated to relate to the EM coordinate system.
- the 3D LUT generated in Step II.3. can include the EP position data points collected or determined with the EP tracking system 22 .
- the linear interpolation can be any appropriate linear interpolation and can generally include averaging the eight cells nearest the selected cell in the 3D LUT.
- the linear interpolation can interpolate each of the EP position data points based upon the closest eight cells in the 3D LUT generated in Step II.3.
- the linear interpolation will result in the determination of an interpolated displacement of each of the EP position points because the 3D LUT includes data relating to the vectors between each of the EP and the corresponding EM data points.
- the eight nearest cells can be the cells touching the related EP position data point cell in the 3D LUT.
- the interpolated displacement can be added to the EP position data 22 p to generate an EP interpolated position data point.
- the EP position data point can be the data point that is collected or determined solely with the information collected with the EP tracking system 22 .
- the EP tracking system 22 collects or determines the EP data point 22 p with an electrode positioned within the patient 36 .
- the interpolated EP position data point can be used to relate each of the collected EP position data points to the coordinate system of the EM tracking system 24 . This can allow the interpolation to be used to view a map or display of EP position points relative to other acquired image data or other fixed coordinate systems relative to the patient 36 based on the regular coordinates of the EM tracking system 24 .
- the interpolated EP position data point can be used to, optionally, relate to an external or a uniform coordinate system in block 290 .
- the EM tracking system 24 can be registered to image data of the patient 36 .
- the interpolated EP position data generated or determined in Step III.2. can also be registered or related to the image data of the patient 36 . Accordingly, even if the coordinate system of the EP tracking system 22 is not strictly uniform or inherently registerable to any external coordinate system, interpolation of the EP position data to the coordinate system of the EM tracking system 24 can allow for an interpolation of the coordinate system of the EP tracking system 22 to a more uniform coordinate system.
- the method 250 can then end in block 292 .
- the method in flowchart 250 can generate EP position data 22 p that relates to a fixed or Euclidean coordinate system. This can allow EP position 22 p data to be registered to other acquired image data through registration with the EM tracking system 24 that is registered to the other image data.
- the method in flowchart 250 can be used to register the coordinate system of any two tracking systems for use in any appropriate volume.
- the tracking systems 22 , 24 can be used to track any appropriate device relative to any appropriate volume. Positioning a device within an enclosed volume may be selected for building, manufacturing, or repairing various workpieces in selected workspaces. For example, a device can be moved relative to an enclosed volume, such as within an airplane, robot, or other enclosed areas, without requiring open visualization or access within the volume.
- the enclosed volume of the workpiece or workspace may also include more than one type of environment. Accordingly, having multiple tracking systems using differing tracking modalities can be used to track a single instrument or two parts of the single instrument within any appropriate volume.
- a single instrument 300 for use with both the EM and EP tracking systems 22 , 24 is illustrated in FIG. 10 ,
- the single instrument 300 can be based on known appropriate instruments, such as the pacemaker lead model 4074 sold by Medtronic, Inc., having a place of business in Minneapolis, Minn.
- the model 4074 can include a passive mounting system or tines that can be removed to allow for a substantially smooth exterior.
- the instrument 300 can have an exterior diameter of about 0.075 inches and have an external distal electrode 302 that can be used as the EP tracking device. Therefore, the external electrode or EP tracking device 302 can be used with the EP tracking system 22 , as discussed above.
- a coil Positioned proximally, or nearer an origination point of the instrument 300 can be a coil, such as a coil of wires 304 that can be used as an EM tracking device.
- the EM tracking device 304 can include one or more coils of single or individual wires. For example, two coils of wires can be positioned to have axes at an angle relative to one another to obtain multiple degrees of freedom information regarding location.
- a center 304 c of the EM tracking device or coil of wires 304 can be positioned at a selected distance 306 from a center 302 c of the EP tracking device 302 .
- the distance 306 can be the distance between the center points of the two tracking devices 303 , 304 .
- the distance 306 between the EP tracking device 302 and the EM tracking device 304 can be known and used in the interpolation of the EM position data and EM position data, as discussed above.
- the EM tracking device 304 can be fixed at the distance 306 from the EP tracking device 302 by any appropriate mechanism.
- the EM tracking device 304 can be positioned on a tube 308 that is fixed to an exterior of the instrument 300 at the fixed distance 306 from the EP tracking device 302 .
- the fixation of the tube 308 can be with adhesives, welding, or any appropriate fixation mechanism.
- the EM tracking device 304 can be formed as a coil of wire that is directly on the exterior of the instrument 300 as long as the EM tracking device 304 and its conductors and are insulated from other conductors of the instrument 300 .
- modifying an existing instrument wires or conductors 310 can be used to interconnect the EM tracking device 304 with the EM tracking system 24 .
- An appropriate shrink wrap or insulation 312 can be provided to hold the conductors 310 and insulate the conductors 310 from the patient 36 .
- the instrument 300 that has the EP tracking device 302 and the EM tracking device 304 at the fixed distance 306 from one another can be used for acquiring EP position points and EM position points. Further, the EP positions determined with the EP tracking device 302 and the EM positions determined with the EM tracking device 304 can be determined substantially simultaneously with the single instrument 300 .
- the navigation system 20 can use the simultaneous or substantially simultaneous measurements of position of both the EM and EP tracking devices 304 , 302 to determine a registration between the two tracking systems, as discussed above and herein.
- the instrument 300 can be used with the two tracking systems 22 , 24 to register the two tracking systems or can be used with only one of the tracking systems for determining a position of the instrument 300 within the patient 36 .
- the orientation of the EM tracking device can be determined.
- the orientation of the instrument 300 can be determined with the EP tracking system 24 by determining the location of two EP tracking devices on the same instrument 300 .
- a second EP tracking device 303 can be included near the first EP tracking device 302 .
- the first EP tracking device 302 and the second EP tracking device 303 can both be tracked simultaneously to determine an orientation of the distal end of the instrument 300 .
- the position of both the first EP tracking device 302 and the second EP tracking device 303 can be determined.
- an orientation of the instrument 300 can be determined.
- a line or vector can be determined between the position of the second tracking device 303 and the first EP tracking device 302 .
- the vector can be determined by the navigation system 20 , the EP tracking system 22 , or by a user viewing the display 40 that can include an icon illustrating the position of both of the EP tracking devices 302 , 303 .
- the tracking system 22 can be used to determine a vector between the two EP tracking devices 302 , 303 . Accordingly, an orientation of the instrument 300 can be determined with the EP tracking system 22 .
- the instrument 340 can be any appropriate cannulated instrument that forms an internal cannula or bore 342 within an internal structure 344 .
- a guide wire or stylet 346 Positioned through the cannula 342 is a guide wire or stylet 346 .
- the stylet 346 can be formed of a conductive material, such as a biocompatible metal or metal alloy or other conductive material.
- the stylet 346 can extend from an end 350 of the internal structure 344 to be used as an electrode or EP tracking device 348 .
- the stylet 346 can be a non-rigid structure such that it is able to move or deflect due to blood flow, encounters with the anatomy of the patient 36 or other solid structures. Accordingly, the EP tracking device 348 can deflect or move to deflected positions 348 ′ relative to the end 350 of the instrument 340 . The EP tracking device 348 can be moved relative to the internal structure 344 to limit or increase the amount of deflection of the EP tracking device portion 348 of the guide wire or stylet 346 . Nevertheless, the EP tracking device 348 can be at a substantially fixed position relative to a coil or EM tracking device 360 .
- the EM tracking device 360 can be a coil, such as a coil discussed above, for use with the EM tracking system 24 .
- the EM tracking device 360 can be formed around the stylet 346 , such as a stylet provided with implantable leads sold by Medtronic Inc., having a place of business in Minnesota, USA.
- the EM tracking device 360 can be fixed on the stylet 346 relative to the EP tracking device 348 .
- the EM tracking device 360 can be used to determine positions with the EM tracking system 24 substantially simultaneously with the EP tracking device 348 , as discussed above.
- the instrument 340 can further include a balloon or inflatable portion 366 .
- the inflatable portion or balloon 366 can be similar to the balloon or inflatable portion of the Medtronic Attain 6215 venogram balloon instrument sold by Medtronic, Inc., having a place of business in Minnesota, USA.
- the instrument 340 can include the balloon to assist in movement of the instrument 340 relative to the patient 36 and assist in minimizing the possibility of a perforation.
- the balloon 366 can also limit the amount or depth of the EP tracking device 348 can enter into a tissue structure.
- the balloon 366 can also assist in moving the instrument 340 through the patient 36 by allowing or causing drag on the balloon 366 through the patient 36 .
- FIG. 12 schematic illustrations of instruments 370 and 380 illustrate information that can be collected or known by the navigation system 20 for determining the simultaneous or corresponding positions within the EM and EP tracking systems 24 , 22 .
- an EP tracking device 372 having a center 372 c is positioned at a known or measured position or distance 374 from an EM tracking device 376 having a center 376 c .
- the measured position of the EP tracking device 372 and the EM tracking device 376 can generally be the center of the respective tracking devices 372 c , 376 c .
- the distance 374 between the EM tracking device 376 and the EP tracking device 372 can be fixed and known prior to the use of the instrument schematically illustrated at 370 or it can be measured within the navigation system 20 . Nevertheless, the distance 374 between the two tracking devices 372 , 376 can be used in the registration between the EP and EM tracking systems 22 , 24 .
- the EP tracking device 372 can be used to substantially define a single three dimensional point within the navigation volume of the EP tracking system 22 .
- the EM tracking device 376 can also be used to define a three dimensional position and an orientation within the navigation domain or volume of the EM tracking system 24 .
- An angle 382 can be defined between the point determined with the EP tracking device 372 and the EM tracking device 376 .
- the angle 382 can also be inputted into the navigational system 20 or measured within the navigation system 20 to increase accuracy when determining the position of the EM tracking device 376 relative to the EP tracking device 372 .
- the angle 382 can change depending upon the configuration of the tracking instruments or mapping instruments.
- the EM tracking device 360 on the stylet 346 may move relative to the EP tracking device 348 .
- the orientation or angle 382 between the EM tracking device 376 and the EM tracking device 372 can be determined while making measurements or determining positions of both the EP and EM tracking devices 372 , 376 .
- the orientation of the EM tracking device can also be used to confirm location of the instrument when the orientation is known relative to the EP tracking device.
- the instrument 300 can also be used for ablation.
- the EP tracking device 302 can be configured to also provide an ablation to selected portions of the anatomy.
- Instruments used for ablation or lead placement can include an electrode which can be connected with the EP tracking system 22 .
- the EP tracking system can be used to track the ablation or the implantable lead electrode.
- the EP tracking system 24 therefore, can be used to precisely illustrate and determine the location of the ablation electrode or the electrode for implantation.
- the display 40 can display an image that can include preacquired image data, such as from a CT or fluoroscopic scanner, in a first screen portion 400 and map image data in a second screen portion 402 .
- the acquired image data can include image data, such as a CT scan image data 404 .
- the CT image data 404 can be image data that is acquired of the patient 36 either during or prior to a surgical procedure.
- the map data can include EP or EM map data 406 .
- a translation between the map data 406 and the acquired image data 404 can be made based on the interpolation of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 . Accordingly, when an instrument is tracked with the EP tracking system 22 , after the translation, a position on the instrument can be illustrated relative to the acquired image data 404 by using the EP tracking system 22 and the translation made, as discussed above in flowchart 250 .
- An instrument that includes an electrode, such as an ablation catheter can be tracked with the EP tracking system 22 without requiring additional tracking instrumentation associated with the tracked instrument.
- a first icon 408 a can be illustrated on the EP map data and the second icon 408 b can be illustrated on the acquired data 404 to illustrate a location of an ablation instrument relative to an anatomy of the patient 36 , such as the heart 80 of the patient.
- the tracked location of the ablation instrument can be used to illustrate the ablation location on the patient 36 or in the heart 80 .
- Illustrating ablated tissue can be done by tracking the electrode used for ablation with the EP tracking system 22 .
- the navigation system 20 can be used for identifying one or a plurality of locations of ablation.
- the ablation instrument can be tracked with the EP tracking system 22 and a location can be illustrated on the EP map data as an ablation or ablated location 410 a .
- an ablation location 410 b can also be illustrated relative to the acquired image data 404 .
- Illustrating an ablation location relative to the image data 404 can be useful in ensuring that an appropriate ablation has occurred relative to the heart 80 or any other appropriate location.
- different ablation instruments can ablate a portion of the heart 80 , or any other appropriate anatomical portion, in a point manner, linear manner, or any other type of ablation configuration. Nevertheless, due to the ability to track the location of the electrode performing the ablation, the position of the ablated tissue can be illustrated on the image data 404 acquired of the patient 36 .
- the two tracking systems 22 , 24 can be used simultaneously or serially for different procedures.
- the acquired image data 404 of the patient 36 can be illustrated and a tracked position of the instrument using the EP tracking system 22 alone can be illustrated relative to the acquired image data 404 .
- the acquired image data 404 can be illustrated on the display 40 alone or with the position of an instrument that is tracked solely with the EP tracking system 22 .
- An instrument, such as any appropriate instrument illustrated above, can then be navigated in the heart 80 of the patient 36 and the position of the instrument can be illustrated on the display 40 , such as with an icon 420 .
- a portion of the instrument can then be tracked into the tissue of the patient 36 , such as a wall of the heart 80 with the EP tracking system 22 alone.
- a needle that is conductive can be tracked into a wall 422 of the heart 80 .
- a position of the needle can be illustrated as a second icon 424 pushed into the wall 422 .
- An infarct in the heart 80 can be treated with selected treatment, such as the injection of proteins or growth factors. Knowing the position of the needle within the heart wall 422 can assist in ensuring an appropriate positioning of the needle during injection of the selected treatment.
- the needle As the needle is pushed into the wall 422 of the heart 80 it can be tracked with the EP tracking system 22 and its position illustrated relative to the acquired image data 404 of the patient 36 due to the translation between the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 .
- the EM tracking system 24 can be registered to the image data 404 and the EP tracking system 24 can also be also be registered to the image data, or co-registered to the image data, due to the registration with the EM tracking system 24 .
- the registration between the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 allows the position of the EP tracking device, according to various embodiments, to be illustrated as if it is being tracked with the EM tracking system 24 .
- the registration of the EP tracking system 22 with the EM tracking system 24 allows for the tracked position of the EP tracking device to be illustrated relative to the acquired image data 404 as if it were being tracked with the EM tracking system 24 .
- the EP tracking system 22 is used to inject a current into the patient 36 through the various axis patch pairs 60 a - 64 b .
- the axis patch pairs can each inject a current into the patient 36 at a different frequency.
- the frequency injected into the patient 36 is generally within a range that is safe for injection into the patient 36 .
- other systems may inject a current or use a current of a frequency that is similar to that which can be used by the EP tracking system 22 .
- the EP tracking system 22 can include a system to monitor and switch frequencies within the patient 36 .
- the circuitry within the EP tracking system 22 can detect or measure currents from other instruments connected to or within the patient 36 , at selected times.
- a different frequency can be selected and switched to for injection between a selected pair of the axis patches.
- a frequency hopping or frequency agility system can include that disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/421,364, Filed on Apr. 9, 2009, and entitled METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING A STRUCTURE, incorporated herein by reference.
- the two tracking systems can include different or alternative localizing systems.
- the axis patches 60 a - 64 b can be used to inject axis currents within the patient 36 .
- An EM localizer such as the selected EM coil set, can be used to generate a navigation domain relative to the patient 36 or within the patient 36 . It can be selected to position the EM localizer 76 relative to the patient 36 to substantially align the navigational domains of the EM tracking system and the EP tracking system.
- the EM localizer 76 can be positioned over the heart 84 , as illustrated in phantom 76 ′. Minimizing or lessening the translation between the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 can be achieved by positioning the EM localizer 76 ′ over the patient 36 to substantially align an EM navigational domain axis with an axis of the EP tracking system 22 .
- the alignment of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 can be used to assist in determining the location of the tracked devices within the respective tracking system navigational domains and can assist in aligning or determining an orientation of the instruments within both of the tracking system navigational domains.
- the orientation of the instrument 300 can then be translated relative to the orientation of the EM tracking device 304 .
- an orientation of the instrument 300 can also be illustrated relative to the coordinate system of the EM tracking system 24 .
- any appropriate instrument can be used to include two or more EP tracking devices and the instrument 300 is merely exemplary.
- the EP tracking system 22 can include reference patches that are connected to the patient 36 for referencing the tracked devices or the EP points relative to reference portions of the patient 36 .
- the reference patches can be positioned on the patient 36 at appropriate positions such as over the xiphoid of the patient 36 and substantially opposite the xyphoid on a dorsal or back of the patient 36 .
- the reference patches can provide a rough anatomical orientation relative to the patient 36 and can also be used to re-orient the EP data if an error occurs, but at least one of the reference patches is maintained connected to the patient 36 .
- the use of the reference patches can be used to describe in U.S.
- reference patches used with the EM tracking system 24 can also be used with the EP tracking system 22 and vice versa. That being, the reference patches can be used with the EM tracking system 24 as well.
- an EM tracking device 452 can be connected with a guide wire or stylet 454 that is connected or otherwise associated with a fixed base of a fixture or jig 456 .
- the fixture 456 can be positioned within the navigation domain of the EM localizer 76 .
- the EM localizer 76 in combination with the EM tracking system 24 , can determine the location of the EM tracking device 452 .
- An external indication system can provide an indication of a location of the EM tracking device 452 or indicate when the EM tracking device has reached a selected or targeted location.
- the external indication system can be a laser module 458 this is automatically powered to emit a laser light 460 at a target.
- the external indication source can emit a selected emission, such as a visible emission.
- the target can be the location of the EM tracking device 452 .
- the target can be determined relative to the fixture 456 and the laser module 458 can be activated to emit the beam 460 to indicate the target when the tracking device 452 is determined to be aligned with the target.
- the external indication system including the laser module 458 , can move relative to the fixture base 456 to point the laser emission 460 at the target.
- the laser module 458 can rotate around an axis or translate linearly along an axis.
- the laser module 458 can be automatically or mechanically moved relative to the fixture 456 to align with the target.
- a selected linear or axial actuator can be associated with the laser module 458 .
- a laser EM tracking device 458 a can be associated with the laser module 458 to track the location of the laser module 458 .
- the EM tracking device 452 can be fixed at a selected location on the fixture 456 and the laser emission 460 can be pointed at a target representing the location of the EM tracking device 452 .
- the laser module 458 can be aligned by tracking the laser module 458 with the EM tracking system 24 . This can allow the EM tracking device 452 and the laser module 458 to be tracked with the same tracking system and aligned for determining the location of the EM tracking device 452 for calibration.
- the laser module or the portion of the laser module 458 that emits the laser light 460 , can be mechanically moved relative to the fixture 456 .
- the laser module 458 can be tracked with the EM tracking system 24 because it is also within the navigational domain generated by the EM localizer 76 .
- the laser module 458 and the EM tracking device 452 can both be tracked at the same time with the same EM tracking system 24 .
- multiple tracking systems can be used that are registered. Because both the laser module 458 and the tracking device 452 are tracked at the same time and the laser module 458 can be moved, the laser beam 460 can also be moved to illuminate or indicate the location of the target which is the EM tracking device 452 .
- the laser module 458 can be moved from a first position 458 to a second position 458 ′. This moves the laser light from a first position 460 to a second position 460 ′.
- the movement of the laser module 458 can be used to indicate the location of the EM tracking device 452 as it moves from a first position 452 to a second position 452 ′.
- the laser emission 460 is pointed at the target of the EM tracking device 452 anything positioned over the EM tracking device will be illuminated by the laser emission 460 .
- the indication module such as a laser module 458
- the EM tracking device 452 can be indicated with the laser module by illuminating or indicating a target location which can be the location of the EM tracking device 452 .
- the target can be a fixed location, as illustrated in FIG. 15A or can be a moveable location that is tracked, such as with the EM tracking system 24 , as illustrated in FIG. 15 A′.
- a second instrument portion 470 which includes an EP tracking device 472 can then be positioned relative to the stylet 454 including the EM tracking device 452 .
- a laser light beam 460 can be directed at the location of the EM tracking device 452 .
- the second instrument 470 need not be tracked, although it can be, because the alignment is done by viewing and confirming when the laser emission 460 illuminated the EP tracking device 472 . When the EP tracking device 472 is illuminated alignment can be confirmed, as discussed below.
- the second instrument portion 470 can be slid over the stylet 454 while held relative to the fixture 456 .
- the system can be calibrated or instructed to indicate that the EM tracking device 452 is aligned with the EP tracking device 472 .
- the stylet 454 can be physically marked at the end of the second device 470 .
- an ink marking or other marking 474 can be used to indicate the position of the stylet 454 relative to the second instrument 470 .
- the stylet 454 and the second instrument 470 can then be removed from the fixture 456 .
- the two portions of the instrument can then be inserted together or sequentially into the patient 36 to be tracked with the two tracking systems 22 , 24 .
- the marking 474 can be used to determine when the EM tracking device 452 is aligned with the EP tracking device 472 . Therefore, the alignment or co-positioning of the two tracking devices 452 , 472 can be made without viewing the two tracking devices and internally within the patient 36 .
- any appropriate signal can be emitted by the exterior indication source when the EM tracking device reaches a target.
- Exemplary signals include audible signals, visual signals, tactile signals, or combinations thereof.
- the signals can be generated based on the tracked location of the EM tracking device and a determined location of the lead or catheter being moved relative to the fixture 456 .
- a similar or different signal can then be emitted when the EM tracking device is aligned with the EM tracking device 452 or when it is seen to reach a market target on the base fixture 456 .
- Cyclic features of the patient 36 can be used to calibrate or classify the positions of the tracking devices, including the EM tracking device 452 and the EP tracking device 472 .
- the position data for each of the tracking devices can be classified within a particular respiratory or cardiac cycle of the patient 36 .
- the differently characterized positions can be used to generate maps of the patient 36 at different portions of the cycle. The different maps can then be played in sequence or otherwise illustrated or synchronized to the patient 36 .
- the position data that is characterized can be displayed on the display 40 for viewing by the user based upon the appropriate and detected cycle of the patient 36 . For example, positions that are collected during an inspiration of the patient 36 can be displayed on the display 40 when inspiration of the patient 36 occurs.
- the translation or distance between the respective EM tracking devices and the EP tracking devices can be determined using selected external or additional image modalities.
- fluoroscopy can be used to determine a distance between two tracking devices if both of the tracking devices are radio opaque. Although it can be selected to eliminate or substantially reduce the use of ionizing radiation during a procedure, such as may be used in fluoroscopy, fluoroscopy can be minimally used to determine certain information.
- Imaging systems can include ultrasound (US), computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and other appropriate imaging techniques can be used.
- US ultrasound
- CT computed tomography
- MRI magnetic resonance imaging
- an US system can be used to image or view the position of the selected tracking device within the patient 36 .
- An US transducer can be used to view the tracked device and determine its position in the patient 36 .
- selected imaging systems can be used to image the location of the instrument within the patient 36 . As discussed above, this can also be used to determine a distance between two tracked devices within the patient 36 , such as for translation or registration purposes between the two tracking systems 22 , 24 .
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Robotics (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Magnetic Resonance Imaging Apparatus (AREA)
- Length Measuring Devices By Optical Means (AREA)
- Navigation (AREA)
- Measurement And Recording Of Electrical Phenomena And Electrical Characteristics Of The Living Body (AREA)
Abstract
A navigation system or combination of navigation systems can be used to provide two or more navigation modalities to navigate a single instrument in a volume. For example, both an Electromagnetic (EM) and Electropotential (EP) navigation system can be used to navigate an instrument within the volume. Image data can also be illustrated relative to a tracked position of the instrument in the volume for navigation.
Description
- This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/238,621, filed on Aug. 31, 2009.
- This application also includes subject matter similar to that disclosed in U.S. pat. app. Ser. No. ______, filed concurrently herewith on ______ (Attorney Docket No. 5074D-000077), titled “COMBINATION LOCALIZATION SYSTEM.”
- The entire disclosures of the above applications are incorporated herein by reference.
- The present disclosure relates generally to a system for localizing a tracked instrument, and particularly to a localization system using two or more modalities for localizing the instrument within a volume.
- This section provides background information related to the present disclosure which is not necessarily prior art.
- A navigation system can be used to track and navigate an instrument within a volume. For example, a navigation system can be used to track an instrument during a procedure, such as a surgical procedure. Various systems can be used to track instruments including electromagnetic systems, optical systems, acoustic systems, and other appropriate systems.
- Tracking an instrument can allow for determination of a position of the instrument relative to the patient without directly viewing the instrument within the patient. Various methods can be used to achieve this result, such as directly tracking a particular portion of the instrument exterior to the patient or tracking a distal point of the instrument within the patient.
- Differing navigation systems can be used to track different instruments within a patient. For example, a long substantially rigid instrument can be tracked with an optical navigation system that can track a proximal and/or end of the instrument that is external to the patient. Based on determinations, a position of a distal tip or an end of the instrument within the patient can be made. Additionally, navigation systems can use fields, such as electromagnetic fields, to track and navigate a distal portion of an instrument that is within a patient.
- This section provides a general summary of the disclosure, and is not a comprehensive disclosure of its full scope or all of its features.
- A navigation system or combination of navigation systems can be used to provide two or more types of navigation or modalities of navigation to navigate a single instrument. The single instrument can be positioned within the patient and tracked. For example, both an Electromagnetic (EM) and Electropotential (EP) tracking systems can be used to navigate an instrument within a patient.
- A navigation system can generally include a localizer and a tracking sensor. One skilled in the art will understand that the localizer can either transmit or receive a signal and the tracking sensor can also transmit or receive a signal to allow for a determination of a location of the tracking sensor associated with the surgical instrument. A surgical instrument can have associated therewith two or more tracking sensors that can be used in two or more modalities of navigation. For example, a surgical instrument may include an electrode that can be used with an EP tracking system and can also be associated or moved relative to a tracking sensor that includes an EM coil to be used with an EM tracking system.
- An instrument can include one or more tracking sensors to be used with two or more navigation systems during a single procedure. In addition, a method can be used to register the two navigation systems during a single procedure. The registration of the two navigation systems can allow all or a determination of a selected number of points within one navigational domain to coordinate or correspond to all or a selected number of points in a second navigational domain. For example, a surgical instrument can include a single tracking sensor that can be tracked within two navigation modalities. Also, a surgical instrument with a single tracking sensor can be moved relative to a second tracking sensor, where each of the tracking sensors are tracked in different navigation modalities. According to various embodiments, when a first tracking sensor is positioned at a known location relative to a second tracking sensor, a navigation volume or domain of the first navigation system can be registered to a navigation volume or domain of a second navigation system. In this way, a first and second navigation system can be registered for navigating a tracking sensor or a surgical instrument within the two navigation modalities.
- Further areas of applicability will become apparent from the description provided herein. The description and specific examples in this summary are intended for purposes of illustration only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure.
- The drawings described herein are for illustrative purposes only of selected embodiments and not all possible implementations, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure.
-
FIG. 1 is an environmental view of a navigation system; -
FIG. 2A is a detailed cross-section view of an instrument, according to various embodiments; -
FIG. 2B is a detailed cross-section and environmental view of an instrument, according to various embodiments; -
FIG. 3 is a detailed cross-section view of an instrument, according to various embodiments; -
FIG. 4 is an environmental view of a navigation system, according to various embodiments; -
FIG. 5 is a flow chart of a method of registering two navigation systems; -
FIG. 6 is a view of image data and icons displayed relative to the image data, according to various embodiments; -
FIG. 7A-7C are detailed flowcharts of registration of two tracking systems, according to various embodiments; -
FIG. 8 is a flowchart illustrating an exemplary method of navigating a registered instrument; -
FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating a registration or corresponding method for two tracking systems, according to various embodiments; -
FIG. 9A is an illustration of placement of position data points; -
FIG. 10 is an illustration of an instrument for tracking with two tracking systems, according to various embodiments; -
FIG. 11 is an illustration of an instrument for tracking with two tracking systems, according to various embodiments; -
FIG. 12 is a schematic illustration of an instrument for tracking with two tracking systems, according to various embodiments; -
FIG. 13 is an illustration of a display device illustrating two types of image data; -
FIG. 14 is an illustration of image data with icons illustrating a location of an instrument with two tracking systems; -
FIG. 15A is a plan view of a calibration jig with one instrument associated therewith, - FIG. 15A′ is a plan view of an alternative calibration jig system with one instrument associated therewith and
-
FIG. 15B is a plan view of a calibration jig with two instruments associated therewith. - Corresponding reference numerals indicate corresponding parts throughout the several views of the drawings.
- Example embodiments will now be described more fully with reference to the accompanying drawings.
- A
surgical navigation system 20 is illustrated inFIG. 1 . A first tracking system can include an electropotential (EP) tracking system 22. A second tracking system can include an electromagnetic (EM) tracking system 24. Appropriate tracking systems can include those disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/117,537, filed on May 8, 2008 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2004/0097805, published on May 20, 2004, both incorporated herein by reference. The first and second tracking systems 22, 24 can be used to track asurgical instrument 26. Thesurgical instrument 26 can be any appropriate instrument, including a lead used as a part of an implantable medical device (IMD) for heart rhythm treatment, neurological treatment, ablation, or other appropriate purposes. - In certain procedures having two tracking systems can be useful. Exemplary procedures using a lead can include left heart applications. In the left heart application an electrode on a lead might not be exposed to blood for position determination with the EP tracking system 24. Accordingly, a position element or tracking sensor associated with the EM tracking system 24 can be used to determine a position of the instrument within the
patient 36. Also, the registration of the EM tracking system 24 to image data can be used to assist in illustrating vasculature relative to the heart of thepatient 36. - Certain right heart applications also may be more easily tracked with the EP tracking system 22 as opposed to the EM tracking system 24. For example, a stylet including an EM tracking device can be positioned through a lead. In various procedures, however, the stylet can be removed from a portion of the lead to allow the lead to be substantially less rigid and more flexible. Once the stylet is removed from the lead the exact position of the lead may not be trackable with the EM tracking system 24. When the stylet is removed, the lead electrode can be tracked with the EP tracking system 22.
- Further, various procedures, such as ablation procedures, use RF energy. RF energy can affect or interfere with the EM tracking system 24. Accordingly, the EP tracking system 22 can be used during or subsequent to RF ablation to continue or maintain tracking of a device.
- The
surgical navigation system 20 used in the various procedure discussed above or herein, can also include various components in addition to the tracking systems 22, 24, such as animaging system 30. Theimaging system 30 can be any appropriate imaging system and is exemplary illustrated as a fluoroscopic C-arm system 32. Other imaging systems can include computed tomography (CT) imaging systems, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) systems, and positron emission tomography (PET) imaging systems. Theimaging systems 30 can be used by asurgeon 34 to image apatient 36 prior to (preoperatively), during (intraoperatively), or after (postoperatively) a procedure. Imaging the patient 36 can create image data that can be viewed on adisplay device 38 or adisplay device 40. Thedisplay device stand 42 or with a processing system as a part of a workstation orprocessing system 44. The image data can be transferred from theimaging system 30 through adata transmission system 46, such as a wired or wireless transmission system, to thedisplay devices - The
navigation system 20, also including the tracking systems 22, 24 can be incorporated or connected to theprocessor system 44. Theprocessor system 44 can include human input devices such as akeyboard 48, a joystick ormouse 50, afoot pedal 52 or any other appropriate human input device. Each of the human input devices 48-52 can be connected with theprocessor system 44 or other systems, such as theimaging system 30, for control or actuation thereof. - The EP tracking system 22 can include components to generate a current in the
patient 36. The EP tracking system can include or be based on the Localisa™ intracardiac tracking system sold by Medtronic, Inc. having a place of business in Minneapolis, Minn. The EP tracking system 22 can also include portions disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,697,377 or 5,983,126 to Wittkampf, incorporated herein by reference - Briefly, the EP tracking system 22 can include a pair of axis electrodes, which can also be referred to as a localizer, operable to generate a current within a volume, such as the
patient 36. The axis electrodes can include three pairs of axis electrodes to generate three substantially orthogonal axes of current within the patient 26 (also seeFIG. 4 ). The axis electrodes can include afirst pair second pair third pair axis electrodes axis electrodes - The substantially orthogonal axis of current, defined by the plurality of patches discussed above, can be used to determine or calculate a location of a
tracking device 70. Thetracking device 70 can include a first orEP tracking device 70 a and a second orEM tracking device 70 b. The EP tracking system 22 can be used to track theEP tracking device 70 a. Thefirst tracking device 70 a can sense voltages in the patient 36 based upon the induced currents between any pair of the axis electrodes 60 a-64 b. The voltages can be related to a position of thefirst tracking device 70 a in thepatient 36. - The pairs of axis electrodes 60 a-64 b can be driven with a generator in a
controller 72 that is connected via wires or wirelessly with the axis electrodes 60 a-64 b. The generator can provide the power to generate the alternating currents in the patient 36 between the respective the axis electrodes 60 a-64 b. Thecontroller 72 can also include a connection for theinstrument 26 to communicate a signal from thetracking device 70 to the controller. The connection with theinstrument 26 can be wired or wireless, according to various embodiments. In addition, thecontroller 72 can include a processor portion or simply be a transmitter to transmit signals from thetracking device 70. Signals can be transmitted from thecontroller 72 to theprocessor system 44 with atransmission system 74. Thetransmission system 74 can be a wired or wireless transmission system. - The EM tracking system 24 can also be associated with the
controller 72 or can be provided with a separate controller system. It will be understood that various separate circuitry portions may be provided in thecontroller 72 to generate or operate the EP tracking system 22 or the EM tracking system 24. - The EM tracking system 24 includes an
EM localizer 76 that can be positioned relative to thepatient 36. The EM tracking system can include the AxiEM™ electromagnetic tracking system sold by Medtronic Navigation, Inc. having a place of business in Colorado, USA. Thelocalizer 76 can generate an electromagnetic field that is sensed by theEM tracking device 70 b. Alternatively, theEM tracking device 70 b can generate a field that is sensed by thelocalizer 76. - A localizer can be used as a part of a tracking system to determine the location of the
tracking device 70. For example, thelocalizer 76 can be interconnected with thecontroller 72 to transmit a signal to theprocessor system 44 regarding the position of theEM tracking device 70 b. The axis electrodes 60 a-64 b can be a localizer that induces axes of current in the patient 36 to localize theEP tracking device 70 a. Accordingly, the localizer can refer to a portion of the tracking system which can be exterior to the volume, such as thepatient 36, that is used to determine a position of thetracking device 70. - According to various embodiments, the localizer devices, including the
EM localizer 76 and the axis electrodes 60 a-64 b, can be used to define a navigation domain in a patient space of thepatient 36. Patient space can be the physical space that is being operated on during the operative procedure. The patient space can also include the navigated space through which thesurgical instrument 26 is being navigated. Image space can be defined byimage data 80 that is displayed on thedisplay devices Image data 80 can include any appropriate image data, such as image data of a heart 84 (FIG. 4 ) of thepatient 36. Theimage data 80 displayed on thedisplay devices patient 36. - The patient space can be registered to the image space of the
image data 80 according to any appropriate technique, including those discussed herein. Generally, however, the patient space is registered to theimage data 80 to allow for displaying or a super imposing an icon or representation of a tracked device, for example thesurgical instrument 26, over theimage data 80 on thedisplay device image data 80 and the same fiducials or landmarks can be identified in thepatient 36, such as within theheart 84. Theimage data 80 can then be transformed to the patient space of the patient 36 so that a proper location of a superimposed icon 26 i can be shown relative to theimage data 80 of theheart 84. Registration techniques can include those discussed in the U.S. Patent Applications incorporated above. In addition, as discussed herein, the EP tracking system 22 can be registered to the EM tracking system 24. The registration of the EP tracking system 22 to the EM tracking system 24 can allow navigation of theEP tracking device 70 a with theimage data 80. - Turning to
FIGS. 2A and 2B , thetracking device 70 can include the twotracking devices first tracking device 70 a can be a single electrode or atip electrode 90 or ring electrode (not illustrated) of alead assembly 92. Thelead assembly 92 can be a lead for any appropriate device, such as a pacing or defibrillator system. Thelead assembly 92 can be positioned or delivered within asheath 94 according to generally known lead assemblies, such as the such as the Attain family of catheters sold by Medtronic Inc., having a place of business in Minneapolis, Minn. - The
lead assembly 92 can be positioned within thepatient 36, such as relative to theheart 84, with acatheter assembly 100. Thecatheter assembly 100 can be any appropriate configuration. Thecatheter 100 can include a body molded to substantially define a cannula. Thecatheter assembly 100 can include thesecond tracking device 70 b. Thesecond tracking device 70 b can include afirst coil 102 and asecond coil 104, or any appropriate number of coils, as part of theEM tracking device 70 b. The coils can be coiled with any appropriate configuration, such as around substantially orthogonal axes to one another. Thesecond tracking device 70 b, however, can sense an electromagnetic field generated with thelocalizer 76 or generate an electromagnetic field that is sensed by thelocalizer 76. - The two
tracking devices first tracking device 70 a can sense a voltage or determine bioimpedance (such as an impedance of a tissue of the patient 36) because of the induced currents from the axis electrodes 60 a-64 b. The currents generate voltages that can be sensed with theEP tracking device 70 a. The voltages sensed by theEP tracking device 70 a can be transmitted to thecontroller 72 with an appropriate communication line, such as aconductor 106. Theconductor 106 can be conductively coupled to theEP tracking device 70 a. It will be understood that although theEP tracking device 70 a is illustrated as thetip electrode 90 of thelead assembly 92, that theEP tracking device 70 a can also include an alternativeEP tracking device 70 a′ formed as a part of thesheath 94. Regardless of the position of theEP tracking device 70 a, its contact (e.g. by removal of a portion of insulation around the electrode) with a conductive medium or electrolyte of the patient 36 can increase and provide efficiency of detecting an appropriate voltage. The voltage sensed by theEP tracking device 70 a can be used to determine the position of theEP tracking device 70 a as discussed further herein and also described in the above incorporated U.S. Patent Applications and Patents. - The
second tracking device 70 b, according to various embodiments, can sense an electromagnetic field generated by thelocalizer 76. For example, a current can be induced in one or more of thecoils coils transmission line 108 to thecontroller 72. - As discussed further herein, and illustrated in
FIG. 2B , thelead assembly 92 can be moved relative to tissue of theheart 84 to position thedistal tip electrode 90 into theheart 84. When positioning thedistal tip electrode 90 into theheart 84, thesheath 94 and thetip 90, which can include thefirst tracking device 70 a, can move relative to thecatheter assembly 100. Moving thefirst tracking device 70 a relative to thecatheter assembly 100 moves thefirst tracking device 70 a relative to thesecond tracking device 70 b. As discussed herein, this can be used to determine the location of thefirst tracking device 70 a relative to thesecond tracking device 70 b for registration of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24. This determination can be used to track thefirst tracking device 70 a relative to thepatient 36 and with the registeredimage data 80. - In addition, the
tracking devices tracking device 70 a can be electrically separated from the loops or turns of wire for thesecond tracking device 70 b. Both sets of loops can be of the same length of wire over top one another. The conductive media or loops of thefirst tracking device 70 a can be external and exposed to the patient to sense or measure the voltage in the patient. The second portion of the loops can be isolated from the patient and insulated, but they can, along with the first portion, sense the field of the EM tracking system 24. - Turning to
FIG. 3 , aninstrument 120, according to various embodiments, is illustrated. Theinstrument 120 can include alead assembly 121 substantially similar to thelead assembly 92 discussed above, including atip electrode 90 and asheath 94. Theinstrument 120 can also include acatheter assembly 122. Thelead assembly 121, including thedistal tip 90 and thesheath 94 can be moved relative to thecatheter assembly 122. - The
catheter assembly 122 can include thetracking device 70′ as a single unit or device including anEP tracking device 70 a′ and one or more windings of anEM tracking device 70 b′. TheEM tracking device 70 b′ can be positioned substantially over or around theEP tracking device 70 a′. TheEP tracking device 70 a′ can include an annular ring that is molded into or formed with thecatheter assembly 122. TheEP tracking device 70 a′ can be used with the EP tracking system 22 similar to thedistal tip electrode 90 of thelead assembly 92. TheEM tracking device 70 b′ can be used with the EM tracking system 24 similar to thewindings EM tracking device 70 b. Nevertheless, theEP tracking device 70 a′ and theEM tracking device 70 b′ can be positioned substantially atop one another. This allows for the tracked position of theEP tracking device 70 a′ and the tracked position of theEM tracking device 70 b′ to be substantially coincident throughout a tracked procedure. A signal from either of theEP tracking device 70 a′ or theEM tracking device 70 b′ can be transmitted along or with acommunication system 124. For example, theEM tracking device 70 b′ can include a wired or wireless transmission system. - Again, it will be understood, that the
tracking device 70′ can be tracked with the two tracking systems 22, 24. As discussed above, the electrode of theEP tracking device 70 a′ can sense the voltages within thepatient 36. TheEM tracking device 70 b′ can sense a magnetic field or electromagnetic field or transmit a magnetic field or electromagnetic field. Accordingly, thesingle tracking device 70′ can be used with two or more tracking systems 22, 24 to determine a location of thetracking device 70′ and the catheter andlead assembly 120. It will be further understood that thetip electrode 90 of thelead assembly 121 can also be used as the EP tracking device with the EP tracking system 22. - With reference to
FIG. 4 , atracking device 70″ can include anEP tracking device 70 a″ and anEM tracking device 70 b″. TheEP tracking device 70 a″ can be positioned on afirst instrument portion 26 a and theEM tracking device 70 b″ can be positioned on asecond instrument portion 26 b. The twoinstrument portions patient 36. Alternately, one of the twoinstrument portions 26 can be positioned relative to the patient 36 in any appropriate manner. For example, thesecond instrument portion 26 b including theEM tracking device 70 b″ can be positioned on an exterior surface of the patient 36 or be implanted as a fiducial or dynamic reference frame in thepatient 36, such as fixed relative to theheart 84. - The two
tracking devices 70 a″ and 70 b″ can be moved relative to one another during an operative procedure. For example, if both of thetracking devices 70 a″ and 70 b″ are positioned on two separate andmoveable instruments patient 36 during an operative procedure. Alternatively, if thesecond instrument 26 b is positioned at a fixed location relative to thepatient 36, thefirst instrument portion 26 a can be moved to a known position relative to thesecond instrument portion 26 b during an operative procedure. For example, fluoroscopic or ultrasound imaging, such as with theimaging system 30, can be used to confirm or determine the known position of the firstsurgical instrument 26 a and thesecond instrument 26 b. Accordingly, during a second procedure, a position of theEP tracking device 70 a″ and theEM tracking device 70 b″ can be determined. - A location of the
EP tracking device 70 a″ can be determined with the EP tracking system 22. The EM tracking system 24 can be used to determine the location of theEM tracking device 70 b″. As discussed further herein, the determined location of the twotracking devices 70 a″, 70 b″ can be used to register the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24. The tracked position of the twoinstruments instruments display devices image data 80. - Turning reference to
FIG. 5 , a flow chart or navigation method for registering or coordinating adual tracking system 130 is illustrated. Thenavigation method 130 is illustrated briefly inFIG. 5 and further detailed inFIGS. 7A-7C and 8. The method of using a two tracking system navigation system will be discussed in an exemplary embodiment herein. It will be understood, however, that a navigation system including two or more tracking systems can be used according to various embodiments, including those discussed above. Theassembly 92, however, is discussed as an exemplary embodiment. - The
navigation method 130, as discussed in detail herein, allows for registration of the EP tracking system 22 to the EM tracking system 24 and further to theimage data 80. The EM tracking system 24 can be registered to theimage data 80, as discussed herein, including registering the navigation domain of the EM tracking system 24 with the image space. The EP tracking system 22, including the navigation domain of the EP tracking system 22, can be registered to the EM tracking system 24, including the EM navigation domain, according to various embodiments, such as using the devices discussed above. The registration of the EP tracking system 22 to the EM tracking system 24 can allow the EP tracking system 22 to be registered to theimage data 80. - The
navigation method 130 can include starting instart block 132. Theimage data 80 can then be acquired inblock 134. In addition, with reference toFIG. 6 , theimage data 80 can be displayed on thedisplay device 40. As discussed above, an icon 92 i can be superimposed on theimage data 80 to represent a location of an appropriate instrument, such as thesurgical instrument 26. Theimage data 80 can include three dimensional or two dimensional image data that is acquired for representation or illustration of a portion of thepatient 36. It will be further understood that theimage data 80 acquired inblock 134 can be image data that is acquired preoperatively, intraoperatively, or at any appropriate time. It may also include a combination of preoperative and intraoperative image data. For example, preoperative image data can be merged or registered with intraoperative image data according to any appropriate technique. For example, 2D to 3D image registration can occur as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/644,680 filed Aug. 20, 2003, incorporated herein by reference. - The acquired image data can be stored or transferred to the
processor system 44 which is a part of thenavigation system 20 for use in illustrating a tracked location of thesurgical instrument 26 relative to thepatient 36. To assist in illustrating the correct location of thesurgical instrument 26 relative to thepatient 36, the patient space generally defined by the tracking system 22, 24, can be registered to theimage data 80 or image space inblock 136. The registration of theimage data 80 to the patient space can be with any appropriate method, as discussed above. - The registration of the
image data 80 to the patient space can be performed with the EM tracking system 24. The EM tracking system 24, including thelocalizer 76, can generate a field and navigation space which can be substantially known and is definable in Euclidean coordinates. The known navigation space can be efficiently and directly registered to Euclidean coordinates of theimage data 80. The known field of theEM localizer 76 allows a detected change in the field sensed with theEM localizer 76 to be directly related to a distinct position or movement in the field at substantially all points in the field. In other words, a detected movement of theEM tracking device 70 b generally results in the same signal change regardless of the position of theEM tracking device 70 b within the field generated by theEM localizer 76. Also, every space in the EM navigation domain is known due to the uniform electromagnetic field. Accordingly, a coordinate system identified or defined by the EM tracking system 24 can be substantially known and efficiently applied to the coordinate system of theimage data 80. - The registration of the
image data 80 to the patient space identified with the EM tracking system 24 can be performed in any appropriate manner. As discussed above, point, contour, or any other appropriate registration processes can be used. For example, theEM tracking device 70 b can be positioned relative to known fiducials or landmarks within thepatient 36 and similar or related landmarks or fiducials can be identified in theimage data 80. Theprocessor system 44, or any appropriate processor system, can then be used to register the points in theimage data 80 to the points of the patient space. Once the registration has occurred, theimage data 80 is registered to the patient space identified or within the navigation space defined by the EM tracking system 24. - The EM tracking system 24 can be registered to the EP tracking system 22 in
block 138. The registration or coordination between the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 can occur at any appropriate time, such as before or after the EM tracking system 24 is registered to the image data inblock 136. The EP tracking system 22 can be registered to the EM tracking system 24 inblock 138 in any appropriate manner. As discussed further herein,exemplary registration systems FIGS. 7A-7C . Once the EP tracking system 22 is registered with the EM tracking system 24, navigation of theinstrument 26 with only theEP tracking device 70 a can be done inblock 140. The navigation with theEP tracking device 70 a can be done and a position of theinstrument 26 including thetracking device 70 a can be navigated relative to theimage data 80 due to the registration of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 inblock 138. Accordingly, navigation using only the EP tracking system 22 can occur inblock 140. - With continuing reference to
FIGS. 5 and 6 and additional reference toFIG. 7A , registration of the EM tracking system and the EP tracking system, according to various embodiments, is illustrated inblock 138 a. As discussed above, thelead assembly 92 can include theEP tracking device 70 a that can be defined by thetip electrode 90 of thelead 92. Thecatheter 100 can include one ormore coils EM tracking device 70 b. As illustrated inFIG. 6 , theEM tracking device 70 b can be used to register theimage data 80 to the patient space of thepatient 36. - Once the registration has occurred in
block 136, then the EP tracking system 22 can be registered with the EM tracking system 24 inblock 138 a, illustrated inFIG. 7A . A lead or instrument including an EP electrode can be provided inblock 152. The EP electrode can be a distal tip electrode of the lead or can be provided in any other portion, such as in thesheath 94. For example, as illustrated inFIG. 2A , the alternativeEP tracking device 70 a′ can be provided in thesheath 94. Regardless of the position of the electrode it can be used as theEP tracking device 70 a and it can be positioned relative to theEM tracking device 70 b that is positioned within thecatheter 100. In addition, as illustrated inFIG. 2B , the lead including theEP tracking device 70 a can be moved relative to thecatheter 100 inblock 154. - When moving the lead relative to the
catheter 100, it can be determined when theEP tracking device 70 a moves past or is near thecoils EM tracking device 70 b inblock 156. Various mechanisms can be used to determine when theEP electrode 70 a moves past theEM tracking device 70 b. For example, a change in impedance, measured voltage, or other determinations can be measured with theEL electrode 70 a and used to determine when the EP electrode is next to or immediately past theEM tracking device 70 b. - When the determination is made that the
EP tracking device 70 a has been positioned relative to theEM tracking device 70 b, such as substantially in the same position, a registration of the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 can occur inblock 158. The registration can occur by substantially coordinating or registering the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24. In other words, because the EP tracking system 22 can be used to determine the position of theEP tracking device 70 a and the EM tracking system 24 can be used to determine the position of theEM tracking device 70 b these two positions or points in patient space can be identified as the same. Accordingly, the navigation space of the EP tracking system 22 can be overlaid or registered with the navigation space of the EM tracking system 24. - The coordination or registration between the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 can be performed by acquiring a selected number of points that are identical or at known locations relative to one another, as discussed above, with both of the tracking systems. For example, at least three corresponding points may be acquired though more points may be used to actually model or characterize the non-orthogonal or known navigation space defined by the EP tracking system 22. Less information may be necessary in a local or small region than would be needed for a larger space, such as an entire navigation space. Once points with both of the tracking systems have been acquired a curvature model, such as a spline model, can be used to model the EP tracking system 22 coordinate system or navigation space. Other appropriate modeling calculations could also be used to computationally coordinate the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24.
- Once the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 have been registered, movement of the
EP tracking device 70 a within the patient space of the patient 36 can be illustrated superimposed on theimage data 80. As illustrated inFIG. 6 , icons illustrating thefirst tracking device 70 ai andsecond tracking device 70 bi can be illustrated and superimposed on theimage data 80. Once registration has occurred, however, the EPtracking device icon 70 ai, illustrating the position of theEP tracking device 70 a, can be illustrated separate from the EMtracking device icon 70 bi, representing the position of theEM tracking device 70 b, but correctly related to theimage data 80. It will be understood that an icon 92 i can represent generally thesurgical instrument 26, or any portion thereof, and not only the tracking devices. The position of the surgical instrument, however, can be identified or determined based upon the tracked position of thetracking device 70. - Registration of the EP tracking system 22 with of the second navigation space, such as that of the EM tracking system 24, can allow for image navigation of the
instrument 26 tracked with only the EP tracking system 22. The navigation space of the EP tracking system 22 may not be substantially uniform or strictly aligned with the coordinates that were used to acquire theimage data 80. For example, the tissue of the patient 36 may not be substantially uniform impedance. For example, the impedance of muscle tissue may be substantially different from the impedance of blood or other electrolyte. Accordingly, a particular change in voltage may not always be related to a single physical quantity of movement amount of theEP tracking device 70 a. Movement of theEP tracking device 70 a within thepatient 36, however, can be measured using the EP tracking system 22 once it is registered with a tracking system, such as the EM tracking system 24, which can be registered to theimage data 80. A registered position of theEP tracking device 70 a can be superimposed on theimage data 80. Therefore, a position of theEP tracking device 70 a can be superimposed on theimage data 80 even if a non-uniform navigation space is generated with the EP tracking system 22. - Returning reference to
FIG. 7B , registering the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 can be achieved withregistration method 138 b. According to theregistration method 138 b, a catheter can be provided with an EP electrode as theEP tracking device 70 a inblock 170. A lead assembly can be provided with theEM tracking device 70 b inblock 172. The lead can then be moved relative to the catheter inblock 174. A determination can be made when theEM tracking device 70 b is aligned with or at a selected and known position relative to theEP tracking device 70 a inblock 176. A registration of the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 can then occur inblock 178. Theregistration method 138 b can be substantially similar to theregistration method 138 a (illustrated inFIG. 7A ) save that the EP electrode is positioned in thecatheter 100 and theEM tracking device 70 b is positioned on the lead. Therefore, registration can occur in substantially the same way and tracking of theEP tracking device 70 a can occur and superimposition of a position of theEP tracking device 70 a can be illustrated relative to theimage data 80. - Turning to
FIG. 7C , aregistration method 138 c is illustrated. Theregistration method 138 c can include positioning theEM tracking device 70 b at a known location in the patient 36 or other navigable space inblock 184. TheEM tracking device 70 b can be any appropriate device, for example the second trackedinstrument 26 b illustrated inFIG. 4 . The second trackeddevice 26 b can be a second instrument moved relative to thepatient 36, a dynamic reference frame (DRF) fixed relative to thepatient 36, or any appropriate device including theEM tracking device 70 b. For example, theDRF 26 b′ can be positioned relative to the patient 36 at a fixed and known location. The known location of theDRF 26 b′ can be determined in any appropriate manner. For example, a registration probe (not illustrated) can be moved relative to theDRF 26 b′ to determine the location of theDRF 26 b′. In addition, theDRF 26 b′ can be positioned or include a fiducial that is identified in theimage data 80 to allow for identification and registration to theimage data 80. Alternatively, if thesecond instrument 26 b is a moveable instrument, it can be moved to a landmark that can also be identified within theimage data 80. - When the second tracked
device image data 80 and the EM tracking system 24 is registered to theimage data 80, the first trackedinstrument 26 a including theEP tracking device 70 a can be moved relative to the second trackeddevice first instrument 26 a, illustrated inFIG. 4 , can move to the location of theDRF 26 b′ inblock 186. Once the first trackedinstrument 26 a is at the same position as theDRF 26 b′, registration of the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 can occur inblock 188. As discussed above, the location of the twotracking devices - It will be further understood that when two tracked
instruments block 188. For example, the first trackedinstrument 26 a can be positioned at a known position and orientation relative to theDRF 26 b′. TheDRF 26 b′ can be tracked with one of the two tracking systems and the first trackedinstrument 26 a with the other tracking system and registration can occur. In other words, knowing a position and orientation of theDRF 26 b′ and position and orientation of theEP tracking device 70 a relative to theDRF 26 b′ can allow for registration of the two tracking systems 22, 24 even if the twotracking devices tracking devices - Registration of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 can also occur by providing the
EP tracking device 70 a and theEM tracking device 70 b substantially at the same position on the trackedinstrument 26, as illustrated with theinstrument 120 inFIG. 3 . When thetracking device 70 has substantially only one location for both the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 a complex determination of registration is not otherwise required, including positioning theEP tracking device 70 a relative to theEM tracking device 70 b. Because the two tracking devices are at substantially the same or corresponding point, the tracked position of theEM tracking device 70 b with the EM tracking system 24 can be used to correspond the position of theEP tracking device 70 a inherently since all positions determined with theEM tracking device 70 b are inherently registered with theEP tracking device 70 a. Therefore, the coordinate system of the EM tracking system 24 can be used to illustrate a position of theEP tracking device 70 a on theimage data 80 at all times. This can allow or be used to acquire more than one point that is the same position with both of thetracking devices tracking devices tracking devices - Even when the two
tracking devices tip electrode 92 can also be interconnected with thecontroller 72. Thus, the position of thetip electrode 92 can be tracked once it has exited thecatheter 122. - In addition, or alternatively, it will be understood that the
EP tracking device 70 a and theEM tracking device 70 b need not be positioned on top of one another, but can be positioned substantially at a known fixed location relative to one another or next to each other with a selected assembly. For example, an electrode of theEP tracking device 70 a can be positioned substantially abutting coils of wire defining theEM tracking device 70 b. They can also be positioned a distance from one another at a substantially known location, at least when a device is at a known configuration. The known relationship or relative positions of theEP tracking device 70 a and theEM tracking device 70 b can be used to register the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 even if theEP tracking device 70 a and theEM tracking device 70 b are not at the same location. - Turning to
FIG. 8 , navigating theEP tracking device 70 a inblock 140 is described in further detail. Movement of theEP tracking device 70 a can be determined inblock 200. The movements of theEP tracking device 70 a can then be registered to the coordinates of the EM tracking system 24 inblock 202. As discussed above, registration of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 allow for a registration of a coordinate in the EM tracking system 24 with a determined position of theEP tracking device 70 a in the EP tracking system 22. - Because of the registration of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24, a position of the
EP tracking device 70 a can be illustrated or displayed on thedisplay device block 204. As discussed above regardingFIG. 6 , a tracked position of just theEP tracking device 70 a with the EP tracking system 22 can be displayed on thedisplay device 40 relative to theimage data 80. For example, theicon 70 ai representing a position of the instrument tracked with theEP tracking device 70 a can be displayed on theimage data 80. - Merging preoperative acquired image data, such as the
image data 80, can be done to intraoperative acquired image data inblock 206. The merging of the image data can occur in any appropriate manner. One appropriate method can include contour merging, which matches contours in the preoperative acquired image data and intraoperative acquired image data. For example, if image data of a vertebra is acquired preoperatively and contours of a vertebra is acquired intraoperatively they can be matched. The contours can be manually or automatically determined in the image data and matched between image data sets. - Additionally, tracking the
EP tracking device 70 a can be used to create point clouds for various organs. For example, a point cloud or point cloud map can be generated for a portion of theheart 84. The point cloud can then be matched, such as with contour matching or landmark matching, with preoperative acquired image data. Point cloud matching or generation includes identifying one or more points with thetracking device 70, such as with theEP tracking device 70 a to generate a surface of a volume. Appropriate cloud mapping techniques include those described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/117,537, filed on May 8, 2008, incorporated herein by reference. It will be understood, however, that the generation of the point cloud can be made with either theEP tracking device 70 a or theEM tracking device 70 b. However, theEP tracking device 70 a, which can include an electrode, can be provided at a selected size, such as one that will easily maneuver within theheart 84 to allow for an efficient generation of the cloud map by identifying a plurality of points. Accordingly, a selected one of thetracking devices - In addition, the
electrode 92 of thelead 90 can be used as theEP tracking device 70 a. Thetip electrode 92 can be implanted in theheart 84. Accordingly,image data 80, which can be pre- or intra-operatively acquired, can be used to identify or suggest a selected location of thelead tip 92. By registering the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 a selected location identified relative to theimage data 80 can be used to guide theelectrode 92 to an appropriate or selected location for implantation. An additional tracking device, such as theEM tracking device 70 b, is not required to track theelectrode 92 to a selected location within theheart 84 with theimage data 80 because of the registration of the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22. Suggesting a placement of a lead tip can be based on any appropriate information, such as historical data, statistical data, or atlas models. Exemplary suggestion systems include those disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0097806, published on May 20, 2004, incorporated herein by reference. - As discussed above, the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 can be used for different tracking purposes or in different locations. In addition, the EP tracking system 22 may not generate an appropriate signal in various portions of the
patient 36. For example, if theEP tracking device 70 a is not positioned within a portion of the patient 36 that includes an electrolyte or appropriately conducted material, a voltage may not be generated relative to theEP tracking device 70 a when a current is induced in thepatient 36. Therefore, theEM tracking device 70 b can be used to track the position of theinstrument 26 relative to thepatient 36. - According to various embodiments, the
EP tracking device 70 a can be substantially smaller than theEM tracking device 70 b. For example, theEP tracking device 70 a may only include a single wire or small conductive member to act as an electrode, and, thus have small dimensions. The small dimensions of the electrode of theEP tracking device 70 a can allow it to move to selected locations, such as within theheart 84, which may not be accessible with a larger tracking device, such as theEM tracking device 70 b. Therefore, providing the EP Tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 can allow for tracking thesurgical device 26, or any appropriate device, with more than one modality. - The EP tracking system 22 can be used to track the
lead electrode 90 as theEP tracking device 70 a. Accordingly, the EP tracking system 22 can be used to track the location of thelead electrode 90 to its intended implantation site or location with theEP tracking device 70 a. The tracked position can then be displayed on thedisplay devices surgeon 34. - The EP tracking system 22, however, may not be directly registerable to the
image data 80. As discussed above, varying impedances of tissue of the patient 36 may inhibit registration of the EP tracking system 22 with theimage data 80. Lack of registration with theimage data 80 can reduce effectiveness of image navigation. - The EM tracking system 24, however, can be registered with the
image data 80. The EM tracking system 24, including the more uniform navigation domain, can be registered to theimage data 80. In determining one or more points, also referred to as identity points, in both the EP tracking system 22 navigation domain and the EM tracking system 24 navigation domain the two tracking systems can be registered. This can allow the EP tracking system 22 to be registered to theimage data 80. Registration can also allow the use of pre-acquired image data that can be registered to intraoperative image data or other appropriate image data for navigation of theinstrument 26 with theEP tracking device 70 a. - In addition, the two tracking systems 22, 24 can be used for complementary purposes. For example, the EM tracking system 24 may have a higher accuracy than the EP tracking system 22. Therefore the EM tracking system 24 can be used to determine locations of various landmarks for registration, while the EP tracking system 22 is used for navigation of the
instrument 26 for implantation. Also, if location and size permits, the EM tracking system 24 can be used to confirm a location of theinstrument 26 after implantation. - Further, the EM tracking system 24 can track the
tracking device 70 b in the absence of a conductive material. Thus, theEP tracking device 70 a can be used to track the instrument when a conductive medium and current is present (e.g. within the heart 84) and theEM tracking device 70 b can be used to track theinstrument 26 when the conductive medium is not present. For example, if a catheter were placed in or made to traverse a volume surrounded by air, such as the windpipe or puncture a lung and get in an air sac, the EP tracking system 22 may not be able to track theEP tracking device 70 a. - The
flow chart 130 illustrating the method for registering or coordinating dual or two tracking system types illustrates a general overview of a registration, also referred to as a corresponding, method. It will be understood, however, that the registration of two tracking systems can be performed according to any appropriate method. For example, as illustrated inFIG. 9 , aflow chart 250 illustrates a method of registering the coordinates of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24. The EP tracking system 22 can generate a navigational domain by injecting a current into the patient 36 to define patient space with injection or axis electrodes. The EM tracking system 24 can generate a navigational domain in patient space with an EM localizer that generates EM fields. Registering the two tracking systems 22, 24 is understood to allow a position determined with one of the tracking systems to be corresponded or registered to or known in the coordinates of the other tracking system. This can further allow illustration of a position of a tracked instrument on registered image data. - The method according to the
flowchart 250 can start inblock 251 and then proceed through three main phases. In the first phase, inblock 252 the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 are registered to one another. In the second phase, inblock 270 the displacement of the EP determined physical (patient space) position relative to the EM determined physical (patient space) position of the tracked instrument is determined and saved or stored. In the third phase, inblock 280 the EP position data is corrected or interpolated to illustrate or output the registered or corresponding position of the EM tracking system 24 based on the registration and the determined displacement in the first and second phases. - Phase I: Register EM tracking system coordinates and EP tracking system coordinates in
block 252. - 1. Synchronize time or data position collection in two tracking systems in
block 258, e.g. the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22. (Step I.1.) - The EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 should be synchronized during simultaneous position acquisition, as discussed herein. The purpose of the registration is to allow registration or correspondence between positions determined by each of the two tracking systems 22, 24. Accordingly, to properly compare simultaneous positions, the two tracking systems 22, 24 should allow for synchronous position acquisition and determination. It will be understood, however, that synchronous position acquisition need not only require the same physical position acquisition at the same instant, rather it can also include determining a time when a position is determined with one of the two tracking systems and a time when a similar, same, or related position is determined with the other tracking system.
- One method for synchronization can include identifying a first pedal press of the foot pedal 54 in each position data set for each of the two tracking systems 22, 24. The pedal press can be, however, any appropriate physical input by the
user 34 to each of the tracking systems to identify an initial position determination or point acquisition. The pedal press in each data set can be used to compute the time offset between the two position data sets. - In addition or alternatively to using a pedal press, other information can be used to synchronize a timestamp for the data collected. For example, the two tracking systems 22, 24 can be interconnected with a network system and the network time protocol (NTP) can be used to synchronize timestamps for the position data collection. Alternatively, or in addition thereto, any other data transmission system, such as a USB cable, can be used to synchronize or send a synchronization signal to synchronize the two tracking systems 22, 24.
- In addition, a position sampling signal can be sent from one of the tracking systems, such as the EM tracking system 24, to the other of the tracking systems, such as the EP tracking system 22. The signal is to allow the acquisition of a position determination simultaneously with both tracking systems 22, 24. The position collection command can allow for inherent registration between the two tracking systems 22, 24. It will be understood, however, that latency may exist between the issuance of the command to collect the position data and the actual collection of the position data. Once the latency between the provision of the command and the collection of the position data is accounted for, the two tracking systems 22, 24 can be synchronized. It will be understood, however, that the position determination instruction can be issued from either of the tracking systems, such as from the EP tracking system 22 to the EM tracking system 24 or vice versa.
- A single signal, whether a pedal press or otherwise can synchronize the timing of the two tracking systems. Position data can be acquired and time stamped. The time stamped data can then be compared, beginning at the synchronous event, for the registration of the multiple tracking systems.
- Additional synchronization techniques can include motion detection and analysis. For example, the position data collected with both of the tracking systems 22, 24 can be used to determine motion of the respective tracking devices in each of the tracking systems 22, 24. The position data can be used to determine the motion of the respective tracking devices. The respective sensors are moved within the volume of the subject, such as the
patient 36. When the respective tracking devices or position elements are positioned within thepatient 36, such as within theheart 80, motion can be induced and position can be changed in the respective tracking devices due to respiration, blood flow, movement of the heart, or movement of the catheter. Particularly if motion is quite vigorous, for example, when the position elements are positioned near the right ventricle or apex, a great deal of motion can be determined. The same or similar determined motion can be used to relate or determine similar positions of two tracking devices. - The sampling rate for the tracking systems 22, 24 can be relatively high compared to the motion within the
patient 36. For example, a heart beat can be on the order of one half to one second while a sampling rate can be at least about ten per second. Accordingly, a plurality of samples can be collected for each heart beat. Thus, a relatively great deal of motion data can be collected and analyzed or compared between the two tracking systems 22, 24 to achieve an accurate synchronization signal. - Regardless, a plurality of position samples can be analyzed for determining motion of the respective position elements. It will be understood that the analysis can be used to synchronize all of the data or certain portions of the data using an analysis over time of the motion. The data can be synchronized by determining when in time the motion is substantially identical to synchronize the collected position data.
- Once the data is synchronized, a coordination or registration between the two tracking systems 22, 24 can be completed as discussed herein. The registration can be based upon the acquisition of the position data with one or both of the tracking systems and determining a look up table for a relationship between the EM and EP tracking systems 22, 24. Once an appropriate transformation is determined, as discussed further herein, and a look up table or other appropriate system is defined, a translation can be made between a position determined with either of the tracking systems 22, 24 and translated to the coordinate system of the other of the two tracking systems 22, 24.
- Part 2. Collect Position Data with Both the EP Tracking system 22 and the EM Tracking System 24 in
block 260. (Step I.2.) - Once the position collection is synchronized between the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22, a plurality of position data samples can be collected. For example, 10, 50, 200, or any appropriate number of position data samples can be collected. It will be understood, that the position data samples collected, starting with the first synchronized data sample, can be collected with synchronization, such as with one of the two tracking systems providing a data collection signal, or synchronizing the two data sets, such as with motion analysis. Accordingly, it will be understood that the data sample used for the translation or coordination between the two tracking systems 22, 24 can be data that is collected after synchronization has occurred between the two tracking systems 22, 24 or after a plurality of data from both of the two tracking systems 22, 24 have been synchronized. However, the position data can be collected and analyzed with the synchronous information as opposed to both tracking systems synchronously collecting position data.
- It will be further understood that any appropriate number of substantially synchronized data points can be collected or used for translation between the two tracking systems 22, 24. A linear interpolation can be made between the two nearest points in both of the EM tracking system position data and the EP tracking system position data to generate pairs of synchronized or substantially synchronized position data. As a further example, if the position data are collected after a synchronization, such that the data is not previously collected and a synchronization is determined after the collection, an interpolation can be made between the two nearest points generated in each of the two tracking systems 22, 24. Accordingly, any appropriate number of synchronized position data points can be collected or used between the two tracking systems 22, 24.
- Part 3. Determining a Transformation between the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 in
block 262. (Step I.3.) - A transformation can be made between the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22, as discussed herein. The transformation can be between the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 based upon the pairs of synchronized points obtained, as discussed above. It will be understood that position data points from the EP tracking system 22 can be translated into the EM tracking system 24 coordinate position data and vice versa. The discussion herein regarding transforming the EM position data to the EP tracking system 22 coordinate system is merely exemplary.
- A non-linear optimization procedure can be used to find an Affine transformation between each of the pairs of points from the two tracking systems 22, 24. For the following discussion a position data point from the EP tracking system 22 can be referred to as 22 p and a position data point from the EM tracking system 24 can be referred to as 24 p, as illustrated in
FIG. 9A . The transformation can minimize the sum of the square of distances between the EP points 22 p and the EM points 24 p that are related in time to each other. That is, that points that are compared were collected at the same time or at the same physical location due to the synchronization. Appropriate optimization methods can include the Nelder-Mead method, such as that described in Nelder, J. A. and Mead, R. “A Simplex Method for Function Minimization.” Comput. J. 7, 308-313, 1965. With two tracking systems 22, 24 operating independently, position data points may not be collected at the same time. Therefore, thenavigation system 20 can interpolate position and time samples. The interpolation can include determine a difference in time or the time when a position data point in each of the two tracking systems was collected at different times for the same physical location. - The two points should be at the same physical position when an appropriate and calibrated instrument is used, as discussed herein. Briefly, according to various embodiments, a single instrument can have a first tracking device tracked with the first tracking system 22 and a second tracking device tracked by the second tracking system 24 at substantially the same physical (e.g. patient space) position.
- The affine transformation can include several parameters for the transformation of the EP position data to the EM position data, for example 10 parameters. The parameters can include translating each of the EM points 24 p to center on the origin. Translating the EM points to center on the origin can include three parameters, at least, because the position points exist in three dimensional space along three axes, as discussed above. Accordingly, each of the EM points will have three dimensions each relating to one of the three parameters to translate the EM points to center on the origin.
- The EM points 24 p can also be uniformly scaled with at least one parameter to enlarge the cloud or volume of the EM points. As discussed above, the EM and EP tracking systems 22, 24 can be used to generate a plurality of points to identify a surface, such as an internal surface of a heart of the
patient 36. Accordingly, both the EM and EP tracking systems 22, 24 generate a plurality of points that are used to identify or generate a surface. - Three parameters further are to rotate the EM points 24 p around each of the three axis. Rotation around each of the axis can relate to one of the three parameters. The EM tracking system 24 is not aligned to the patient, unlike the EP tracking system 22, due to the placement of the axes patches on the
patient 36. The axes patches on the patient 36 do the alignment of the EP tracking system 22 to thepatient 36. Registration includes not only distance but coordinate alignment of the EM tracking system 24 coordinates to the EP tracking system 22 coordinates, thus rotation is necessary. - Finally, three parameters can include translating the EM points 24 p to the center of the EP points 22 p from the origin. The center of the EP points can be determined by identifying an outer most extent of the EP position points and determining a center related to all of the outer most points. It will be understood that any other appropriate center or identification of a position within the EP points 22 p can be determined and translating the EM points 24 p to the center or other determined point can be made along each of the three axis to determine or generate the three final parameters. The ten parameters, as discussed above, can be optimized using the appropriate optimization algorithm or method, such as the Nelder-Mead optimization method.
- Part 4. Transform the EM points 24 p in
block 264 with the Determined (e.g. Affine) Transformation optimized in block 262 (Step I.4.) - Once the affine transformation has been optimized, it can be applied to the EM points 24 p. In transforming the EM points 24 p, the EM points 24 p and the EP points 22 p should include substantially identical positions in generated space. In other words, when displayed on the display device, the surface or cloud of position data points collected with both of the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 should appear to be substantially identical. The transformation, therefore, can be used to coordinate or register the coordinate systems of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24. Once registered a position data point determined with one of the tracking systems can be registered to the other tracking system. As discussed above, this can allow for the EP position data point 22 p to be superimposed on image data based on a registration of the EM tracking system 24 to appropriate image data (such as external image data including magnetic resonance image data).
- In addition, it will be understood, that the transformation can also be to transform the EP position data points 22 p to the EM coordinate system. As discussed above, the EM coordinate system is substantially uniform and generally can be related more strictly to three dimensional coordinates of the
patient 36. - Phase II: Determine Local Displacements between the EM tracking system and the EP taking system in
block 270 - Part 1. Sample or collect additional positions to generate additional position data points in
block 272. (Step II.1) - After the transformation has been determined between the EM data points 24 p and the EP data points 22 p, as discussed above, additional position data points can be collected with the EP tracking system 22 and/or the EM tracking system 24. Generally, position data points can be collected at any appropriate rate or frequency for generation of a map of a volume, which can be rendered as a surface or a plurality of points or managed points, as discussed above. The frequency of data collection can be any appropriate frequency, such as about a position data point every one second or about twelve times per second.
- Because the transformation has been determined, as discussed above in Step I.4., each of the data points collected in either of the two tracking systems 22, 24 can be substantially instantaneously or continuously transformed to the coordinate system of the other tracking system. For example, if the EP tracking system 22 is used to collect additional position data points, then the
navigation system 20, or a processor thereof executing instructions, can transform the additional EP position data points to the EM coordinate system. - Any appropriate amount of position data can be collected and used to generate a map, as discussed above. Further, the transformation can be between any two appropriate navigation or tracking systems rather than just between an EM and EP tracking system.
- Part 2. Determine and Store a vector from each EP point 22 p to a synchronized and corresponding EM point 24 p of the two tracking systems 22, 24 in
block 274. (Step II.2.) - As each position data point is collected, for example with the EP tracking system 22, a vector 22 v (
FIG. 9A ) can be computed between each of the actually collected EP position data points 22 p and the corresponding EM position data point 24 p. The vector from the EP position data point 22 p to the corresponding EM data point 24 p can be based upon the transformation discussed above. The vector 22 v between the EP and EM points 22 p, 24 p can be stored and saved in an octree for each of the EP position points 22 p collected. - As is understood by one skilled in the art, an octree is a spatial data structure that can be used to map points and space to data. In this instance, the data can include the vector 22 v from each of the EP points 22 p to the EM points 24 p and the spatial information can be related to the spatial position of the EP point 22 p and the position data relating to that point. Accordingly, for each of the position data points that are collected including the EP position data points 22 p, a vector 22 v can be determined to a corresponding EM data point 24 p and stored in an appropriate data structure for later access.
- Part 3. Create a three dimensional (3D) look-up table in
block 276. (Step II.3.) - Once the vector has been determined and stored, as discussed above in Step II.2. a three dimensional or appropriate look-up table (3D-LUT) can be generated or created. The three dimensional look up table can include a plurality of grid points in three dimensional space. For each of the points in the look up table, an average of each of the vectors between the EP and EM points can be determined within a given radius from the respective grid points. The vectors that are stored in the octree, discussed above, can be efficiently accessed within the given radius from the selected grid point to generate the look up table.
- The grid points within the three dimensional space can be related to the information in the 3D-LUT. Accordingly, information regarding each of the points within a respective grid can be stored in the 3D-LUT. It will be further understood that the grid points can be positioned at any appropriate density or spacing for use in 3D-LUT.
- Phase III: Correct The EP Position Data in
Sub-Routine Block 280. - Part 1. Linearly Interpolate EP position data points in
block 282. (Step III.1.) - Once the 3D-LUT has been created in Step II.3. the data can be interpolated or corrected in Phase III. In particular, according to the example discussed in particular here, each of the EP position data points can be corrected or interpolated to the EM coordinate system of the EM tracking system 24. Initially, the EP position data points can be a linearly interpolated to relate to the EM coordinate system. The 3D LUT generated in Step II.3. can include the EP position data points collected or determined with the EP tracking system 22.
- The linear interpolation can be any appropriate linear interpolation and can generally include averaging the eight cells nearest the selected cell in the 3D LUT. The linear interpolation can interpolate each of the EP position data points based upon the closest eight cells in the 3D LUT generated in Step II.3. The linear interpolation will result in the determination of an interpolated displacement of each of the EP position points because the 3D LUT includes data relating to the vectors between each of the EP and the corresponding EM data points. The eight nearest cells can be the cells touching the related EP position data point cell in the 3D LUT.
- Part 2. Add the interpolated displacement to the determined EP position data point to determine an interpolated EP position data point in
block 284. (Step III.2.) - Following the linear interpolation of the respective cells in Step III.1., the interpolated displacement can be added to the EP position data 22 p to generate an EP interpolated position data point. The EP position data point can be the data point that is collected or determined solely with the information collected with the EP tracking system 22. According to various examples, the EP tracking system 22 collects or determines the EP data point 22 p with an electrode positioned within the
patient 36. When only the map generated with the EP tracking system 22 is selected, the relative relation of the EP position data points to any other coordinate system is generally unimportant. When additional coordinates are selected to be viewed, however, the interpolated EP position data point can be used to relate each of the collected EP position data points to the coordinate system of the EM tracking system 24. This can allow the interpolation to be used to view a map or display of EP position points relative to other acquired image data or other fixed coordinate systems relative to the patient 36 based on the regular coordinates of the EM tracking system 24. - The interpolated EP position data point can be used to, optionally, relate to an external or a uniform coordinate system in
block 290. For example, as discussed above, the EM tracking system 24 can be registered to image data of thepatient 36. Accordingly, the interpolated EP position data generated or determined in Step III.2. can also be registered or related to the image data of thepatient 36. Accordingly, even if the coordinate system of the EP tracking system 22 is not strictly uniform or inherently registerable to any external coordinate system, interpolation of the EP position data to the coordinate system of the EM tracking system 24 can allow for an interpolation of the coordinate system of the EP tracking system 22 to a more uniform coordinate system. - The
method 250 can then end inblock 292. The method inflowchart 250 can generate EP position data 22 p that relates to a fixed or Euclidean coordinate system. This can allow EP position 22 p data to be registered to other acquired image data through registration with the EM tracking system 24 that is registered to the other image data. - Further, the method in
flowchart 250 can be used to register the coordinate system of any two tracking systems for use in any appropriate volume. Also, the tracking systems 22, 24 can be used to track any appropriate device relative to any appropriate volume. Positioning a device within an enclosed volume may be selected for building, manufacturing, or repairing various workpieces in selected workspaces. For example, a device can be moved relative to an enclosed volume, such as within an airplane, robot, or other enclosed areas, without requiring open visualization or access within the volume. The enclosed volume of the workpiece or workspace, may also include more than one type of environment. Accordingly, having multiple tracking systems using differing tracking modalities can be used to track a single instrument or two parts of the single instrument within any appropriate volume. - Instruments
- According to various embodiments, a
single instrument 300 for use with both the EM and EP tracking systems 22, 24 is illustrated inFIG. 10 , Thesingle instrument 300 can be based on known appropriate instruments, such as the pacemaker lead model 4074 sold by Medtronic, Inc., having a place of business in Minneapolis, Minn. The model 4074 can include a passive mounting system or tines that can be removed to allow for a substantially smooth exterior. Theinstrument 300 can have an exterior diameter of about 0.075 inches and have an externaldistal electrode 302 that can be used as the EP tracking device. Therefore, the external electrode orEP tracking device 302 can be used with the EP tracking system 22, as discussed above. - Positioned proximally, or nearer an origination point of the
instrument 300 can be a coil, such as a coil ofwires 304 that can be used as an EM tracking device. TheEM tracking device 304 can include one or more coils of single or individual wires. For example, two coils of wires can be positioned to have axes at an angle relative to one another to obtain multiple degrees of freedom information regarding location. - A
center 304 c of the EM tracking device or coil ofwires 304 can be positioned at a selecteddistance 306 from acenter 302 c of theEP tracking device 302. Generally, thedistance 306 can be the distance between the center points of the twotracking devices distance 306 between theEP tracking device 302 and theEM tracking device 304 can be known and used in the interpolation of the EM position data and EM position data, as discussed above. - The
EM tracking device 304 can be fixed at thedistance 306 from theEP tracking device 302 by any appropriate mechanism. For example, theEM tracking device 304 can be positioned on atube 308 that is fixed to an exterior of theinstrument 300 at the fixeddistance 306 from theEP tracking device 302. The fixation of thetube 308 can be with adhesives, welding, or any appropriate fixation mechanism. Further, it will be understood, that theEM tracking device 304 can be formed as a coil of wire that is directly on the exterior of theinstrument 300 as long as theEM tracking device 304 and its conductors and are insulated from other conductors of theinstrument 300. If modifying an existing instrument wires orconductors 310 can be used to interconnect theEM tracking device 304 with the EM tracking system 24. An appropriate shrink wrap orinsulation 312 can be provided to hold theconductors 310 and insulate theconductors 310 from thepatient 36. - Accordingly, the
instrument 300 that has theEP tracking device 302 and theEM tracking device 304 at the fixeddistance 306 from one another can be used for acquiring EP position points and EM position points. Further, the EP positions determined with theEP tracking device 302 and the EM positions determined with theEM tracking device 304 can be determined substantially simultaneously with thesingle instrument 300. Thenavigation system 20 can use the simultaneous or substantially simultaneous measurements of position of both the EM andEP tracking devices instrument 300 can be used with the two tracking systems 22, 24 to register the two tracking systems or can be used with only one of the tracking systems for determining a position of theinstrument 300 within thepatient 36. - As discussed above, the orientation of the EM tracking device, can be determined. The orientation of the
instrument 300 can be determined with the EP tracking system 24 by determining the location of two EP tracking devices on thesame instrument 300. For example, returning reference toFIG. 10 , a secondEP tracking device 303 can be included near the firstEP tracking device 302. - The first
EP tracking device 302 and the secondEP tracking device 303 can both be tracked simultaneously to determine an orientation of the distal end of theinstrument 300. For example, during a detection or navigating cycle, the position of both the firstEP tracking device 302 and the secondEP tracking device 303 can be determined. By determining the position of both theEP tracking devices instrument 300 can be determined. A line or vector can be determined between the position of thesecond tracking device 303 and the firstEP tracking device 302. The vector can be determined by thenavigation system 20, the EP tracking system 22, or by a user viewing thedisplay 40 that can include an icon illustrating the position of both of theEP tracking devices EP tracking devices instrument 300 can be determined with the EP tracking system 22. - With reference to
FIG. 11 , aninstrument 340 is illustrated. Theinstrument 340 can be any appropriate cannulated instrument that forms an internal cannula or bore 342 within aninternal structure 344. Positioned through thecannula 342 is a guide wire orstylet 346. Thestylet 346 can be formed of a conductive material, such as a biocompatible metal or metal alloy or other conductive material. Thestylet 346 can extend from anend 350 of theinternal structure 344 to be used as an electrode orEP tracking device 348. - The
stylet 346 can be a non-rigid structure such that it is able to move or deflect due to blood flow, encounters with the anatomy of the patient 36 or other solid structures. Accordingly, theEP tracking device 348 can deflect or move to deflectedpositions 348′ relative to theend 350 of theinstrument 340. TheEP tracking device 348 can be moved relative to theinternal structure 344 to limit or increase the amount of deflection of the EPtracking device portion 348 of the guide wire orstylet 346. Nevertheless, theEP tracking device 348 can be at a substantially fixed position relative to a coil orEM tracking device 360. - The
EM tracking device 360 can be a coil, such as a coil discussed above, for use with the EM tracking system 24. TheEM tracking device 360 can be formed around thestylet 346, such as a stylet provided with implantable leads sold by Medtronic Inc., having a place of business in Minnesota, USA. TheEM tracking device 360 can be fixed on thestylet 346 relative to theEP tracking device 348. TheEM tracking device 360 can be used to determine positions with the EM tracking system 24 substantially simultaneously with theEP tracking device 348, as discussed above. - The
instrument 340 can further include a balloon orinflatable portion 366. The inflatable portion orballoon 366 can be similar to the balloon or inflatable portion of the Medtronic Attain 6215 venogram balloon instrument sold by Medtronic, Inc., having a place of business in Minnesota, USA. Theinstrument 340 can include the balloon to assist in movement of theinstrument 340 relative to thepatient 36 and assist in minimizing the possibility of a perforation. Theballoon 366 can also limit the amount or depth of theEP tracking device 348 can enter into a tissue structure. Theballoon 366 can also assist in moving theinstrument 340 through the patient 36 by allowing or causing drag on theballoon 366 through thepatient 36. - With reference to
FIG. 12 , schematic illustrations ofinstruments navigation system 20 for determining the simultaneous or corresponding positions within the EM and EP tracking systems 24, 22. With reference to theschematic instrument 370, anEP tracking device 372 having acenter 372 c is positioned at a known or measured position or distance 374 from anEM tracking device 376 having acenter 376 c. The measured position of theEP tracking device 372 and theEM tracking device 376 can generally be the center of therespective tracking devices distance 374 between theEM tracking device 376 and theEP tracking device 372 can be fixed and known prior to the use of the instrument schematically illustrated at 370 or it can be measured within thenavigation system 20. Nevertheless, thedistance 374 between the twotracking devices - With reference to the
schematic illustration 380, theEP tracking device 372 can be used to substantially define a single three dimensional point within the navigation volume of the EP tracking system 22. TheEM tracking device 376 can also be used to define a three dimensional position and an orientation within the navigation domain or volume of the EM tracking system 24. An angle 382 can be defined between the point determined with theEP tracking device 372 and theEM tracking device 376. The angle 382 can also be inputted into thenavigational system 20 or measured within thenavigation system 20 to increase accuracy when determining the position of theEM tracking device 376 relative to theEP tracking device 372. The angle 382 can change depending upon the configuration of the tracking instruments or mapping instruments. For example, theEM tracking device 360 on thestylet 346 may move relative to theEP tracking device 348. Accordingly, the orientation or angle 382 between theEM tracking device 376 and theEM tracking device 372 can be determined while making measurements or determining positions of both the EP andEM tracking devices - Procedures
- Various instruments that can be used to map or track within the tracking systems 22, 24 can also be used for various procedures. For example, the
instrument 300 can also be used for ablation. TheEP tracking device 302 can be configured to also provide an ablation to selected portions of the anatomy. Instruments used for ablation or lead placement can include an electrode which can be connected with the EP tracking system 22. The EP tracking system can be used to track the ablation or the implantable lead electrode. The EP tracking system 24, therefore, can be used to precisely illustrate and determine the location of the ablation electrode or the electrode for implantation. - With reference to
FIG. 13 , thedisplay 40 can display an image that can include preacquired image data, such as from a CT or fluoroscopic scanner, in afirst screen portion 400 and map image data in asecond screen portion 402. As discussed above, the acquired image data can include image data, such as a CTscan image data 404. TheCT image data 404 can be image data that is acquired of the patient 36 either during or prior to a surgical procedure. The map data can include EP orEM map data 406. As also discussed above, a translation between themap data 406 and the acquiredimage data 404 can be made based on the interpolation of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24. Accordingly, when an instrument is tracked with the EP tracking system 22, after the translation, a position on the instrument can be illustrated relative to the acquiredimage data 404 by using the EP tracking system 22 and the translation made, as discussed above inflowchart 250. - An instrument that includes an electrode, such as an ablation catheter can be tracked with the EP tracking system 22 without requiring additional tracking instrumentation associated with the tracked instrument. A
first icon 408 a can be illustrated on the EP map data and thesecond icon 408 b can be illustrated on the acquireddata 404 to illustrate a location of an ablation instrument relative to an anatomy of thepatient 36, such as theheart 80 of the patient. In addition, the tracked location of the ablation instrument can be used to illustrate the ablation location on the patient 36 or in theheart 80. - Illustrating ablated tissue can be done by tracking the electrode used for ablation with the EP tracking system 22. Either with a manual triggering or with an automatic triggering, the
navigation system 20 can be used for identifying one or a plurality of locations of ablation. For example, the ablation instrument can be tracked with the EP tracking system 22 and a location can be illustrated on the EP map data as an ablation or ablatedlocation 410 a. Due to the registration with the acquiredimage data 404, anablation location 410 b can also be illustrated relative to the acquiredimage data 404. Illustrating an ablation location relative to theimage data 404 can be useful in ensuring that an appropriate ablation has occurred relative to theheart 80 or any other appropriate location. It will be understood that according to various embodiments, different ablation instruments can ablate a portion of theheart 80, or any other appropriate anatomical portion, in a point manner, linear manner, or any other type of ablation configuration. Nevertheless, due to the ability to track the location of the electrode performing the ablation, the position of the ablated tissue can be illustrated on theimage data 404 acquired of thepatient 36. - By illustrating the location of the ablation relative to the anatomy of the
patient 36, a determination can be made as to whether further ablation may be useful in a selected patient or if an appropriate ablation has occurred. For example, it can be selected to view an ablated region to ensure an appropriate annular ablation has occurred to limit electrical pathways through theheart 80 of thepatient 36. Again, by tracking the position of the electrode performing the ablation additional tracking elements may not be necessary. Thus, the EP tracking device, according to various embodiments, can also be used for ablation or other appropriate purposes. - Similarly, the two tracking systems 22, 24 can be used simultaneously or serially for different procedures. As discussed above, after registration between the two tracking systems 22, 24, the acquired
image data 404 of the patient 36 can be illustrated and a tracked position of the instrument using the EP tracking system 22 alone can be illustrated relative to the acquiredimage data 404. Accordingly, with reference toFIG. 14 , the acquiredimage data 404 can be illustrated on thedisplay 40 alone or with the position of an instrument that is tracked solely with the EP tracking system 22. An instrument, such as any appropriate instrument illustrated above, can then be navigated in theheart 80 of thepatient 36 and the position of the instrument can be illustrated on thedisplay 40, such as with anicon 420. - A portion of the instrument can then be tracked into the tissue of the
patient 36, such as a wall of theheart 80 with the EP tracking system 22 alone. For example, a needle that is conductive can be tracked into awall 422 of theheart 80. A position of the needle can be illustrated as asecond icon 424 pushed into thewall 422. An infarct in theheart 80 can be treated with selected treatment, such as the injection of proteins or growth factors. Knowing the position of the needle within theheart wall 422 can assist in ensuring an appropriate positioning of the needle during injection of the selected treatment. Accordingly, as the needle is pushed into thewall 422 of theheart 80 it can be tracked with the EP tracking system 22 and its position illustrated relative to the acquiredimage data 404 of thepatient 36 due to the translation between the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24. The EM tracking system 24 can be registered to theimage data 404 and the EP tracking system 24 can also be also be registered to the image data, or co-registered to the image data, due to the registration with the EM tracking system 24. - As illustrated here, and discussed above, the registration between the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 allows the position of the EP tracking device, according to various embodiments, to be illustrated as if it is being tracked with the EM tracking system 24. The registration of the EP tracking system 22 with the EM tracking system 24 allows for the tracked position of the EP tracking device to be illustrated relative to the acquired
image data 404 as if it were being tracked with the EM tracking system 24. - Tracking System Variations
- According to various embodiments, the EP tracking system 22 is used to inject a current into the patient 36 through the various axis patch pairs 60 a-64 b. The axis patch pairs can each inject a current into the patient 36 at a different frequency. The frequency injected into the
patient 36, however, is generally within a range that is safe for injection into thepatient 36. Accordingly, other systems may inject a current or use a current of a frequency that is similar to that which can be used by the EP tracking system 22. Accordingly, the EP tracking system 22 can include a system to monitor and switch frequencies within thepatient 36. The circuitry within the EP tracking system 22 can detect or measure currents from other instruments connected to or within thepatient 36, at selected times. If a current is found to be within a frequency range used by the EP tracking system 22, a different frequency can be selected and switched to for injection between a selected pair of the axis patches. Such a frequency hopping or frequency agility system can include that disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/421,364, Filed on Apr. 9, 2009, and entitled METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING A STRUCTURE, incorporated herein by reference. - The two tracking systems, including the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24, can include different or alternative localizing systems. As discussed above, the axis patches 60 a-64 b can be used to inject axis currents within the
patient 36. An EM localizer, such as the selected EM coil set, can be used to generate a navigation domain relative to the patient 36 or within thepatient 36. It can be selected to position theEM localizer 76 relative to the patient 36 to substantially align the navigational domains of the EM tracking system and the EP tracking system. - For example, with reference to
FIG. 4 , theEM localizer 76 can be positioned over theheart 84, as illustrated inphantom 76′. Minimizing or lessening the translation between the EM tracking system 24 and the EP tracking system 22 can be achieved by positioning theEM localizer 76′ over the patient 36 to substantially align an EM navigational domain axis with an axis of the EP tracking system 22. Thus, the alignment of the EP tracking system 22 and the EM tracking system 24 can be used to assist in determining the location of the tracked devices within the respective tracking system navigational domains and can assist in aligning or determining an orientation of the instruments within both of the tracking system navigational domains. - The orientation of the
instrument 300 can then be translated relative to the orientation of theEM tracking device 304. Thus, when theinstrument 300 is tracked with the EP tracking system 22 alone, an orientation of theinstrument 300 can also be illustrated relative to the coordinate system of the EM tracking system 24. It will be understood that any appropriate instrument can be used to include two or more EP tracking devices and theinstrument 300 is merely exemplary. - The EP tracking system 22 can include reference patches that are connected to the
patient 36 for referencing the tracked devices or the EP points relative to reference portions of thepatient 36. The reference patches can be positioned on the patient 36 at appropriate positions such as over the xiphoid of thepatient 36 and substantially opposite the xyphoid on a dorsal or back of thepatient 36. The reference patches can provide a rough anatomical orientation relative to thepatient 36 and can also be used to re-orient the EP data if an error occurs, but at least one of the reference patches is maintained connected to thepatient 36. The use of the reference patches can be used to describe in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/421,364, Filed on Apr. 9, 2009, and entitled METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING A STRUCTURE, incorporated herein by reference. In addition, it will be understood that reference patches used with the EM tracking system 24 can also be used with the EP tracking system 22 and vice versa. That being, the reference patches can be used with the EM tracking system 24 as well. - Calibration Techniques
- It can be selected to calibrate a location of an
EM tracking device 452 relative to anEP tracking device 472. As illustrated in FIGS. 15A15A′, and 15B, anEM tracking device 452 is connected with a guide wire orstylet 454 that is connected or otherwise associated with a fixed base of a fixture orjig 456. Thefixture 456 can be positioned within the navigation domain of theEM localizer 76. TheEM localizer 76, in combination with the EM tracking system 24, can determine the location of theEM tracking device 452. An external indication system can provide an indication of a location of theEM tracking device 452 or indicate when the EM tracking device has reached a selected or targeted location. - The external indication system, for example, can be a
laser module 458 this is automatically powered to emit alaser light 460 at a target. It will be understood that the external indication source can emit a selected emission, such as a visible emission. The target can be the location of theEM tracking device 452. The target can be determined relative to thefixture 456 and thelaser module 458 can be activated to emit thebeam 460 to indicate the target when thetracking device 452 is determined to be aligned with the target. The external indication system, including thelaser module 458, can move relative to thefixture base 456 to point thelaser emission 460 at the target. Thelaser module 458 can rotate around an axis or translate linearly along an axis. - As illustrated in FIG. 15A′, the
laser module 458 can be automatically or mechanically moved relative to thefixture 456 to align with the target. For example, a selected linear or axial actuator can be associated with thelaser module 458. Also, a laserEM tracking device 458 a can be associated with thelaser module 458 to track the location of thelaser module 458. As discussed above, theEM tracking device 452 can be fixed at a selected location on thefixture 456 and thelaser emission 460 can be pointed at a target representing the location of theEM tracking device 452. Thelaser module 458 can be aligned by tracking thelaser module 458 with the EM tracking system 24. This can allow theEM tracking device 452 and thelaser module 458 to be tracked with the same tracking system and aligned for determining the location of theEM tracking device 452 for calibration. - The laser module, or the portion of the
laser module 458 that emits thelaser light 460, can be mechanically moved relative to thefixture 456. By moving thelaser module 458, the target to be illuminated or indicated with thelaser module 458 need not be fixed relative to thefixture 456. Thelaser module 458 can be tracked with the EM tracking system 24 because it is also within the navigational domain generated by theEM localizer 76. Thus, thelaser module 458 and theEM tracking device 452 can both be tracked at the same time with the same EM tracking system 24. Alternatively, multiple tracking systems can be used that are registered. Because both thelaser module 458 and thetracking device 452 are tracked at the same time and thelaser module 458 can be moved, thelaser beam 460 can also be moved to illuminate or indicate the location of the target which is theEM tracking device 452. - As illustrated in FIG. 15A′, the
laser module 458 can be moved from afirst position 458 to asecond position 458′. This moves the laser light from afirst position 460 to asecond position 460′. The movement of thelaser module 458 can be used to indicate the location of theEM tracking device 452 as it moves from afirst position 452 to asecond position 452′. As thelaser emission 460 is pointed at the target of theEM tracking device 452 anything positioned over the EM tracking device will be illuminated by thelaser emission 460. - According to various embodiments, as illustrated in FIGS. 15A and 15A′ the indication module, such as a
laser module 458, can be used to indicate the location of theEM tracking device 452. TheEM tracking device 452 can be indicated with the laser module by illuminating or indicating a target location which can be the location of theEM tracking device 452. The target can be a fixed location, as illustrated inFIG. 15A or can be a moveable location that is tracked, such as with the EM tracking system 24, as illustrated in FIG. 15A′. - A
second instrument portion 470, which includes anEP tracking device 472 can then be positioned relative to thestylet 454 including theEM tracking device 452. As illustrated inFIG. 15A , alaser light beam 460 can be directed at the location of theEM tracking device 452. Thesecond instrument 470 need not be tracked, although it can be, because the alignment is done by viewing and confirming when thelaser emission 460 illuminated theEP tracking device 472. When theEP tracking device 472 is illuminated alignment can be confirmed, as discussed below. - With reference to
FIG. 15B , thesecond instrument portion 470 can be slid over thestylet 454 while held relative to thefixture 456. Once theEP tracking device 472 is aligned with thelaser beam 460, the system can be calibrated or instructed to indicate that theEM tracking device 452 is aligned with theEP tracking device 472. Once thelaser beam 460 is used to align theEP tracking device 472 with theEM tracking device 452, thestylet 454 can be physically marked at the end of thesecond device 470. For example, an ink marking or other marking 474 can be used to indicate the position of thestylet 454 relative to thesecond instrument 470. - The
stylet 454 and thesecond instrument 470 can then be removed from thefixture 456. The two portions of the instrument can then be inserted together or sequentially into the patient 36 to be tracked with the two tracking systems 22, 24. The marking 474 can be used to determine when theEM tracking device 452 is aligned with theEP tracking device 472. Therefore, the alignment or co-positioning of the twotracking devices patient 36. - Further, by tracking the
EM tracking device 452 any appropriate signal can be emitted by the exterior indication source when the EM tracking device reaches a target. Exemplary signals include audible signals, visual signals, tactile signals, or combinations thereof. The signals can be generated based on the tracked location of the EM tracking device and a determined location of the lead or catheter being moved relative to thefixture 456. A similar or different signal can then be emitted when the EM tracking device is aligned with theEM tracking device 452 or when it is seen to reach a market target on thebase fixture 456. - Cyclic features of the patient 36 can be used to calibrate or classify the positions of the tracking devices, including the
EM tracking device 452 and theEP tracking device 472. For example, the position data for each of the tracking devices can be classified within a particular respiratory or cardiac cycle of thepatient 36. The differently characterized positions can be used to generate maps of the patient 36 at different portions of the cycle. The different maps can then be played in sequence or otherwise illustrated or synchronized to thepatient 36. In addition, the position data that is characterized can be displayed on thedisplay 40 for viewing by the user based upon the appropriate and detected cycle of thepatient 36. For example, positions that are collected during an inspiration of the patient 36 can be displayed on thedisplay 40 when inspiration of thepatient 36 occurs. This can assist in increasing clarity and accuracy of the illustrated positions on thedisplay 40 by accounting for movement of the patient 36 relative to the instruments within the patient having the tracking devices. Classifying the position data is further discussed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/421,364, Filed on Apr. 9, 2009, and entitled METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING A STRUCTURE, incorporated herein by reference. - Further, the translation or distance between the respective EM tracking devices and the EP tracking devices can be determined using selected external or additional image modalities. For example, fluoroscopy can be used to determine a distance between two tracking devices if both of the tracking devices are radio opaque. Although it can be selected to eliminate or substantially reduce the use of ionizing radiation during a procedure, such as may be used in fluoroscopy, fluoroscopy can be minimally used to determine certain information.
- Additional imaging systems can also be used to obtain information of the patient 36 or information regarding the mapping or trackable devices. Imaging systems can include ultrasound (US), computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and other appropriate imaging techniques can be used. For example, an US system can be used to image or view the position of the selected tracking device within the
patient 36. An US transducer can be used to view the tracked device and determine its position in thepatient 36. Accordingly, selected imaging systems can be used to image the location of the instrument within thepatient 36. As discussed above, this can also be used to determine a distance between two tracked devices within thepatient 36, such as for translation or registration purposes between the two tracking systems 22, 24. - The foregoing description of the embodiments has been provided for purposes of illustration and description. It is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention. Individual elements or features of a particular embodiment are generally not limited to that particular embodiment, but, where applicable, are interchangeable and can be used in a selected embodiment, even if not specifically shown or described. The same may also be varied in many ways. Such variations are not to be regarded as a departure from the invention, and all such modifications are intended to be included within the scope of the invention.
Claims (29)
1. A system to determine and illustrate a location of a tracking device using a registration between two tracking systems, comprising:
a first tracking device operable with a first tracking system to determine a location of the first tracking device in a first navigational domain;
a second tracking device operable with a second tracking system to determine a location of the second tracking device in a second navigational domain;
a calibration jig having an exterior indication module associated with a fixed base;
wherein the exterior indication module is operable with the first tracking system to indicate a location of the first tracking device relative to the calibration jig.
2. The system of claim 1 , wherein the calibration jig further includes:
a holding member to hold the first tracking device relative to the fixed base;
wherein an instrument associated with the second tracking device is moveable relative to the first tracking device held relative to the fixed base.
3. The system of claim 2 , wherein the first tracking device is associated with a first portion of the instrument and the second tracking device is associated with a second portion of the instrument;
wherein the second portion of the instrument surrounds at least a selected portion of the first portion of the instrument and is moveable relative to the first portion of the instrument.
4. The system of claim 3 , wherein the first portion of the instrument is a stylet having a first exterior diameter and the second portion of the instrument is a catheter having an internal diameter greater than the exterior diameter of the stylet;
wherein the first tracking device is fixed relative to the stylet and the second tracking device is fixed relative to the catheter.
5. The system of claim 2 , wherein a target signal is received by the exterior indication module when the first tracking device is at a location relative to the calibration jig to be targeted with the exterior indication module.
6. The system of claim 5 , wherein the exterior indication module includes an optical module operable to emit a selected energy at the target;
wherein the signal is received by the exterior indication module when the first tracking device is positioned at a location on the calibration jig that is the target;
wherein the beam is operable to indicate the target relative to a second portion of the instrument associated with the second tracking device;
wherein a first portion of the instrument is associated with the first tracking device.
7. The system of claim 6 , wherein the optical module includes a visible laser device or non-laser illumination source.
8. The system of claim 3 , wherein the laser system includes laser system tracking device to be tracked with the first tracking system relative to the first tracking device.
9. The system of claim 8 , wherein the first portion of the instrument is fixed relative to the fixed base of the calibration jig and the laser system is actuated to indicate the position of the first tracking device;
wherein the second portion of the instrument is moved relative to the first portion of the instrument and the laser light is reflected with the second portion of the instrument.
10. The system of claim 5 , wherein the exterior indication module emits a user signal to a user after the exterior indication module receives the target signal;
wherein the user signal includes a sound signal, a visual signal, a tactical signal, or combinations thereof.
11. The system of claim 5 , wherein the exterior indication module is fixed to the fixture.
12. The system of claim 2 , wherein the first tracking system is an electromagnetic tracking system and the first navigational domain is defined by an electromagnetic field generated by an electromagnetic localizer of the first tracking system;
wherein the second tracking system is an electro-potential tracking system and the second navigational domain is defined by a current injected into a volume between at least a first injection electrode and a second injection electrode.
13. A system to determine and illustrate a location of a tracking device using a registration between two tracking systems, comprising:
a first tracking device having a coil of conductive material extending between two ends and over a length of a first instrument and operable with a first tracking system to determine a position and an orientation of the first tracking device in a first navigational domain;
a second tracking device having a first trackable electrode near a first end of the first tracking device and a second trackable electrode near a second end of the first tracking device, wherein the second tracking device is operable with a second tracking system to determine a position and orientation of the second tracking device in a second navigational domain; and
a navigation system associated with at least the second tracking system to determine at least one of an orientation and a position of the first instrument based on a determined position of the two trackable electrodes of the second tracking device.
14. The system of claim 13 , wherein the first tracking system includes an electromagnetic localizer operable to generate an electromagnetic field;
wherein the tracking system is operable to track a position and an orientation of the first tracking device within the electromagnetic field;
wherein the navigation system is operable to determine a registration between the first navigational domain and the second navigational domain.
15. The system of claim 14 , wherein the second tracking system includes three pairs of injection electrodes operable to inject a current between each of the pair of electrodes into a volume.
16. The system of claim 15 , wherein the navigation system is operable to determine a position of the first trackable electrode and a position of the second trackable electrode fixed relative to the instrument and determine an orientation of the instrument based upon the determined position of the first trackable electrode and the second trackable electrode.
17. The system of claim 16 , further comprising:
a display device operable to display image data of a volume;
wherein the navigation system is operable to register the first navigational domain with the displayed image data at least by executing instructions with a processor to register similar points in the first navigational domain with points in the image data;
wherein the navigation system is operable to illustrate a position of the first instrument based upon the determined position and orientation of the first tracking device.
18. The system of claim 17 , wherein the navigation system is operable to register the first navigational domain and the second navigational domain such that the determined orientation of the first instrument based upon the determined position of the first trackable electrode and the second trackable electrode is registered relative to the orientation of the first tracking device or vice versa;
wherein the three pairs of injection electrodes are positioned substantially orthogonal to one another to intersect at a single origin operable to determine the orientation of the first instrument based upon the position of the two trackable electrodes.
19. A method to track an instrument with at least two tracking systems, comprising:
displaying image data of a volume with a display device;
registering a first tracking system coordinate system of a first tracking system to an image data coordinate system of the displayed image data;
tracking an instrument with the first tracking system;
illustrating a location of the instrument with the display device relative to the image data;
registering a second tracking system coordinate system of a second tracking system to the first tracking system coordinate system;
tracking a selected portion of the instrument only with the second tracking system relative to the volume; and
illustrating a position of the selected portion of the instrument relative to the image data based on the correlation of the second tracking system coordinate system to the first tracking system coordinate system.
20. The method of claim 19 , further comprising:
generating the first tracking system coordinate system to be substantially uniform to register with the image data coordinate system.
21. The method of claim 19 , wherein registering a second tracking system coordinate system includes determining substantially identical locations within a single volume with both of the first tracking system and the second tracking system.
22. The method of claim 19 , wherein registering further includes generating a translation map between the first tracking system coordinate system and the second tracking system coordinate system to register a determined position with the first tracking system with a determined position with the second tracking system.
23. The method of claim 22 , wherein illustrating a position of the selected portion of the instrument relative to the image data based on the registration includes: tracking the selected portion of the instrument only with the second tracking system;
translating the determined position of the selected portion of the instrument with the first tracking system coordinate system;
displaying on the display device the position of the selected portion of the instrument based upon the registration of the first tracking system coordinate system with the image data coordinate system.
24. The method of claim 22 , wherein the first tracking system is an electromagnetic field tracking system and the second tracking system is an electro-potential tracking system.
25. The method of claim 22 , wherein the first tracking system is an electro-potential tracking system and the second tracking system is an electromagnetic tracking system.
26. The method of claim 19 , further comprising:
generating the first tracking system coordinate system with of an electromagnetic localizer the first tracking system; and
generating the second tracking system coordinate system with the second tracking system with three pairs of injection axis electrodes, wherein a current is injected into the volume between the pairs of axis electrodes.
27. The method of claim 26 , further comprising:
tracking the instrument with a first tracking device tracked with the first tracking system fixed relative to an outer portion of the instrument; and
extending the selected portion of the instrument from the outer portion of the instrument into a portion of the volume.
28. The method of claim 27 , wherein the selected portion of the instrument is extended into a tissue structure of an anatomy.
29. The method of claim 28 , wherein a pacing voltage is injected into the tissue structure of the anatomy.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US12/844,061 US8494613B2 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2010-07-27 | Combination localization system |
PCT/US2010/046066 WO2011025708A2 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2010-08-20 | Combination localization system |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US23862109P | 2009-08-31 | 2009-08-31 | |
US12/844,061 US8494613B2 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2010-07-27 | Combination localization system |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20110054304A1 true US20110054304A1 (en) | 2011-03-03 |
US8494613B2 US8494613B2 (en) | 2013-07-23 |
Family
ID=43625869
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/844,061 Active 2030-09-30 US8494613B2 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2010-07-27 | Combination localization system |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US8494613B2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2011025708A2 (en) |
Cited By (29)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090264777A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Determining a Flow Characteristic of a Material in a Structure |
US20090264752A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Method And Apparatus For Mapping A Structure |
US20090264739A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Determining a position of a member within a sheath |
US20090264751A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Determining the position of an electrode relative to an insulative cover |
US20090280301A1 (en) * | 2008-05-06 | 2009-11-12 | Intertape Polymer Corp. | Edge coatings for tapes |
US20090297001A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-12-03 | Markowitz H Toby | Method And Apparatus For Mapping A Structure |
US20110051845A1 (en) * | 2009-08-31 | 2011-03-03 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Frequency diversity and phase rotation |
US20110106203A1 (en) * | 2009-10-30 | 2011-05-05 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method to evaluate electrode position and spacing |
US8135467B2 (en) | 2007-04-18 | 2012-03-13 | Medtronic, Inc. | Chronically-implantable active fixation medical electrical leads and related methods for non-fluoroscopic implantation |
US8175681B2 (en) | 2008-12-16 | 2012-05-08 | Medtronic Navigation Inc. | Combination of electromagnetic and electropotential localization |
US8340751B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2012-12-25 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and apparatus for determining tracking a virtual point defined relative to a tracked member |
US8494614B2 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2013-07-23 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Combination localization system |
US20130225942A1 (en) * | 2012-02-22 | 2013-08-29 | Veran Medical Technologies, Inc. | Surgical catheter having side exiting medical instrument and related systems and methods for four dimensional soft tissue navigation |
KR101462520B1 (en) * | 2013-05-03 | 2014-11-17 | 연세대학교 산학협력단 | Pet-mri complex medical device and method for treating using it |
US8900225B2 (en) | 2012-05-07 | 2014-12-02 | Biosense Webster (Israel) Ltd. | Automatic ablation tracking |
US9008757B2 (en) | 2012-09-26 | 2015-04-14 | Stryker Corporation | Navigation system including optical and non-optical sensors |
WO2016014228A1 (en) * | 2014-07-23 | 2016-01-28 | Sony Corporation | Image registration system with non-rigid registration and method of operation thereof |
US9610045B2 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2017-04-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | Detection of valid signals versus artifacts in a multichannel mapping system |
WO2017086924A1 (en) * | 2015-11-17 | 2017-05-26 | Monti Jr James | Integrated fluid administration system |
US9737223B2 (en) | 2015-05-13 | 2017-08-22 | Medtronic, Inc. | Determining onset of cardiac depolarization and repolarization waves for signal processing |
US9782094B2 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2017-10-10 | Medtronic, Inc. | Identifying ambiguous cardiac signals for electrophysiologic mapping |
US20170354346A1 (en) * | 2014-12-11 | 2017-12-14 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Automated selection of optimal calibration in tracked interventional procedures |
WO2018076503A1 (en) * | 2016-10-28 | 2018-05-03 | 苏州朗开医疗技术有限公司 | Positioning system and medical positioning system for diagnosing of target object in body |
WO2019157004A1 (en) * | 2018-02-07 | 2019-08-15 | Medtronic Xomed, Inc. | Cochlear implant localization system |
US11382531B2 (en) * | 2010-09-30 | 2022-07-12 | Nevro Corp. | Systems and methods for positioning implanted devices in a patient |
US11419539B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2022-08-23 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | QRS onset and offset times and cycle selection using anterior and posterior electrode signals |
US11759272B2 (en) | 2019-01-10 | 2023-09-19 | Medtronic Navigation, Inc. | System and method for registration between coordinate systems and navigation |
US11918297B2 (en) * | 2019-01-10 | 2024-03-05 | Mazor Robotics Ltd. | System and method for registration between coordinate systems and navigation |
US11931577B2 (en) | 2012-04-02 | 2024-03-19 | Nevro Corp. | Devices for controlling spinal cord modulation for inhibiting pain, and associated systems and methods, including controllers for automated parameter selection |
Families Citing this family (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8494613B2 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2013-07-23 | Medtronic, Inc. | Combination localization system |
US10058395B2 (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2018-08-28 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Active and semi-active damping in a telesurgical system |
US9950194B2 (en) | 2014-09-09 | 2018-04-24 | Mevion Medical Systems, Inc. | Patient positioning system |
CN113729977A (en) * | 2016-02-12 | 2021-12-03 | 直观外科手术操作公司 | System and method for using registered fluoroscopic images in image-guided surgery |
JP7170631B2 (en) | 2016-10-05 | 2022-11-14 | ニューヴェイジヴ,インコーポレイテッド | Surgical navigation system and related methods |
US11185693B2 (en) | 2018-02-07 | 2021-11-30 | Medtronic Xomed, Inc. | Cochlear implant localization system |
US10751132B2 (en) | 2018-02-07 | 2020-08-25 | Medtronic Xomed, Inc. | Cochlear implant localization system |
US10773082B2 (en) | 2018-02-07 | 2020-09-15 | Medtronic Xomed, Inc. | Cochlear implant localization system |
US11944388B2 (en) | 2018-09-28 | 2024-04-02 | Covidien Lp | Systems and methods for magnetic interference correction |
US11877806B2 (en) | 2018-12-06 | 2024-01-23 | Covidien Lp | Deformable registration of computer-generated airway models to airway trees |
US11612440B2 (en) | 2019-09-05 | 2023-03-28 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Surgical instrument tracking devices and related methods |
Citations (98)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3016899A (en) * | 1958-11-03 | 1962-01-16 | Carl B Stenvall | Surgical instrument |
US3017887A (en) * | 1960-01-19 | 1962-01-23 | William T Heyer | Stereotaxy device |
US3073310A (en) * | 1957-08-05 | 1963-01-15 | Zenon R Mocarski | Surgical instrument positioning device |
US3367326A (en) * | 1965-06-15 | 1968-02-06 | Calvin H. Frazier | Intra spinal fixation rod |
US3644825A (en) * | 1969-12-31 | 1972-02-22 | Texas Instruments Inc | Magnetic detection system for detecting movement of an object utilizing signals derived from two orthogonal pickup coils |
US3868565A (en) * | 1973-07-30 | 1975-02-25 | Jack Kuipers | Object tracking and orientation determination means, system and process |
US4182312A (en) * | 1977-05-20 | 1980-01-08 | Mushabac David R | Dental probe |
US4314251A (en) * | 1979-07-30 | 1982-02-02 | The Austin Company | Remote object position and orientation locater |
US4317078A (en) * | 1979-10-15 | 1982-02-23 | Ohio State University Research Foundation | Remote position and orientation detection employing magnetic flux linkage |
US4368536A (en) * | 1979-12-17 | 1983-01-11 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Diagnostic radiology apparatus for producing layer images |
US4431005A (en) * | 1981-05-07 | 1984-02-14 | Mccormick Laboratories, Inc. | Method of and apparatus for determining very accurately the position of a device inside biological tissue |
US4571834A (en) * | 1984-02-17 | 1986-02-25 | Orthotronics Limited Partnership | Knee laxity evaluator and motion module/digitizer arrangement |
US4572198A (en) * | 1984-06-18 | 1986-02-25 | Varian Associates, Inc. | Catheter for use with NMR imaging systems |
US4638798A (en) * | 1980-09-10 | 1987-01-27 | Shelden C Hunter | Stereotactic method and apparatus for locating and treating or removing lesions |
US4642786A (en) * | 1984-05-25 | 1987-02-10 | Position Orientation Systems, Ltd. | Method and apparatus for position and orientation measurement using a magnetic field and retransmission |
US4645343A (en) * | 1981-11-11 | 1987-02-24 | U.S. Philips Corporation | Atomic resonance line source lamps and spectrophotometers for use with such lamps |
US4719419A (en) * | 1985-07-15 | 1988-01-12 | Harris Graphics Corporation | Apparatus for detecting a rotary position of a shaft |
US4722056A (en) * | 1986-02-18 | 1988-01-26 | Trustees Of Dartmouth College | Reference display systems for superimposing a tomagraphic image onto the focal plane of an operating microscope |
US4722336A (en) * | 1985-01-25 | 1988-02-02 | Michael Kim | Placement guide |
US4723544A (en) * | 1986-07-09 | 1988-02-09 | Moore Robert R | Hemispherical vectoring needle guide for discolysis |
US4727565A (en) * | 1983-11-14 | 1988-02-23 | Ericson Bjoern E | Method of localization |
US4797907A (en) * | 1987-08-07 | 1989-01-10 | Diasonics Inc. | Battery enhanced power generation for mobile X-ray machine |
US4801297A (en) * | 1984-06-01 | 1989-01-31 | Edward Weck Incorporated | Catheter having slit tip |
US4804261A (en) * | 1987-03-27 | 1989-02-14 | Kirschen David G | Anti-claustrophobic glasses |
US4803976A (en) * | 1985-10-03 | 1989-02-14 | Synthes | Sighting instrument |
US4805615A (en) * | 1985-07-02 | 1989-02-21 | Carol Mark P | Method and apparatus for performing stereotactic surgery |
US4896673A (en) * | 1988-07-15 | 1990-01-30 | Medstone International, Inc. | Method and apparatus for stone localization using ultrasound imaging |
US4989608A (en) * | 1987-07-02 | 1991-02-05 | Ratner Adam V | Device construction and method facilitating magnetic resonance imaging of foreign objects in a body |
US4991579A (en) * | 1987-11-10 | 1991-02-12 | Allen George S | Method and apparatus for providing related images over time of a portion of the anatomy using fiducial implants |
US5078140A (en) * | 1986-05-08 | 1992-01-07 | Kwoh Yik S | Imaging device - aided robotic stereotaxis system |
US5078714A (en) * | 1990-03-02 | 1992-01-07 | Jefferson Katims | Method and apparatus for placement of a probe in the body and the medical procedure for guiding and locating a catheter or probe in the body |
US5079699A (en) * | 1987-11-27 | 1992-01-07 | Picker International, Inc. | Quick three-dimensional display |
US5086401A (en) * | 1990-05-11 | 1992-02-04 | International Business Machines Corporation | Image-directed robotic system for precise robotic surgery including redundant consistency checking |
US5178621A (en) * | 1991-12-10 | 1993-01-12 | Zimmer, Inc. | Two-piece radio-transparent proximal targeting device for a locking intramedullary nail |
US5187475A (en) * | 1991-06-10 | 1993-02-16 | Honeywell Inc. | Apparatus for determining the position of an object |
US5186174A (en) * | 1987-05-21 | 1993-02-16 | G. M. Piaff | Process and device for the reproducible optical representation of a surgical operation |
US5188126A (en) * | 1989-11-16 | 1993-02-23 | Fabian Carl E | Surgical implement detector utilizing capacitive coupling |
US5279309A (en) * | 1991-06-13 | 1994-01-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Signaling device and method for monitoring positions in a surgical operation |
US5285787A (en) * | 1989-09-12 | 1994-02-15 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Apparatus for calculating coordinate data of desired point in subject to be examined |
US5377678A (en) * | 1991-09-03 | 1995-01-03 | General Electric Company | Tracking system to follow the position and orientation of a device with radiofrequency fields |
US5383454A (en) * | 1990-10-19 | 1995-01-24 | St. Louis University | System for indicating the position of a surgical probe within a head on an image of the head |
US5385146A (en) * | 1993-01-08 | 1995-01-31 | Goldreyer; Bruce N. | Orthogonal sensing for use in clinical electrophysiology |
US5385148A (en) * | 1993-07-30 | 1995-01-31 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Cardiac imaging and ablation catheter |
US5386828A (en) * | 1991-12-23 | 1995-02-07 | Sims Deltec, Inc. | Guide wire apparatus with location sensing member |
US5389101A (en) * | 1992-04-21 | 1995-02-14 | University Of Utah | Apparatus and method for photogrammetric surgical localization |
US5391199A (en) * | 1993-07-20 | 1995-02-21 | Biosense, Inc. | Apparatus and method for treating cardiac arrhythmias |
US5394457A (en) * | 1992-10-08 | 1995-02-28 | Leibinger Gmbh | Device for marking body sites for medical examinations |
US5480439A (en) * | 1991-02-13 | 1996-01-02 | Lunar Corporation | Method for periprosthetic bone mineral density measurement |
US5483961A (en) * | 1993-03-19 | 1996-01-16 | Kelly; Patrick J. | Magnetic field digitizer for stereotactic surgery |
US5485849A (en) * | 1994-01-31 | 1996-01-23 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | System and methods for matching electrical characteristics and propagation velocities in cardiac tissue |
US5487391A (en) * | 1994-01-28 | 1996-01-30 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for deriving and displaying the propagation velocities of electrical events in the heart |
US5487729A (en) * | 1992-07-28 | 1996-01-30 | Cordis Corporation | Magnetic guidewire coupling for catheter exchange |
US5487757A (en) * | 1993-07-20 | 1996-01-30 | Medtronic Cardiorhythm | Multicurve deflectable catheter |
US5490196A (en) * | 1994-03-18 | 1996-02-06 | Metorex International Oy | Multi energy system for x-ray imaging applications |
US5494034A (en) * | 1987-05-27 | 1996-02-27 | Georg Schlondorff | Process and device for the reproducible optical representation of a surgical operation |
US5592939A (en) * | 1995-06-14 | 1997-01-14 | Martinelli; Michael A. | Method and system for navigating a catheter probe |
US5596228A (en) * | 1994-03-10 | 1997-01-21 | Oec Medical Systems, Inc. | Apparatus for cooling charge coupled device imaging systems |
US5595193A (en) * | 1993-02-12 | 1997-01-21 | Walus; Richard L. | Tool for implanting a fiducial marker |
US5600330A (en) * | 1994-07-12 | 1997-02-04 | Ascension Technology Corporation | Device for measuring position and orientation using non-dipole magnet IC fields |
US5598848A (en) * | 1994-03-31 | 1997-02-04 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for positioning multiple electrode structures in electrical contact with the myocardium |
US5603318A (en) * | 1992-04-21 | 1997-02-18 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Apparatus and method for photogrammetric surgical localization |
US5711299A (en) * | 1996-01-26 | 1998-01-27 | Manwaring; Kim H. | Surgical guidance method and system for approaching a target within a body |
US5715822A (en) * | 1995-09-28 | 1998-02-10 | General Electric Company | Magnetic resonance devices suitable for both tracking and imaging |
US5715836A (en) * | 1993-02-16 | 1998-02-10 | Kliegis; Ulrich | Method and apparatus for planning and monitoring a surgical operation |
US5718241A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-02-17 | Biosense, Inc. | Apparatus and method for treating cardiac arrhythmias with no discrete target |
US5865846A (en) * | 1994-11-14 | 1999-02-02 | Bryan; Vincent | Human spinal disc prosthesis |
US5868675A (en) * | 1989-10-05 | 1999-02-09 | Elekta Igs S.A. | Interactive system for local intervention inside a nonhumogeneous structure |
US5868674A (en) * | 1995-11-24 | 1999-02-09 | U.S. Philips Corporation | MRI-system and catheter for interventional procedures |
US5871445A (en) * | 1993-04-26 | 1999-02-16 | St. Louis University | System for indicating the position of a surgical probe within a head on an image of the head |
US6014580A (en) * | 1997-11-12 | 2000-01-11 | Stereotaxis, Inc. | Device and method for specifying magnetic field for surgical applications |
US6013087A (en) * | 1996-05-29 | 2000-01-11 | U.S. Philips Corporation | Image-guided surgery system |
US6016447A (en) * | 1998-10-27 | 2000-01-18 | Medtronic, Inc. | Pacemaker implant recognition |
US6016439A (en) * | 1996-10-15 | 2000-01-18 | Biosense, Inc. | Method and apparatus for synthetic viewpoint imaging |
US6172499B1 (en) * | 1999-10-29 | 2001-01-09 | Ascension Technology Corporation | Eddy current error-reduced AC magnetic position measurement system |
US6175756B1 (en) * | 1994-09-15 | 2001-01-16 | Visualization Technology Inc. | Position tracking and imaging system for use in medical applications |
US6178345B1 (en) * | 1998-06-30 | 2001-01-23 | Brainlab Med. Computersysteme Gmbh | Method for detecting the exact contour of targeted treatment areas, in particular, the external contour |
US20030018251A1 (en) * | 2001-04-06 | 2003-01-23 | Stephen Solomon | Cardiological mapping and navigation system |
US6574498B1 (en) * | 1999-09-16 | 2003-06-03 | Super Dimension Ltd. | Linking of an intra-body tracking system to external reference coordinates |
US20040001075A1 (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2004-01-01 | Silicon Graphics, Inc. | System for physical rotation of volumetric display enclosures to facilitate viewing |
US20040019359A1 (en) * | 2002-07-24 | 2004-01-29 | Worley Seth J. | Telescopic introducer with a compound curvature for inducing alignment and method of using the same |
US20050004476A1 (en) * | 2003-05-28 | 2005-01-06 | Saeed Payvar | Method and apparatus for detecting ischemia |
US20050018888A1 (en) * | 2001-12-14 | 2005-01-27 | Zonneveld Frans Wessel | Method, system and computer program of visualizing the surface texture of the wall of an internal hollow organ of a subject based on a volumetric scan thereof |
US20060013523A1 (en) * | 2004-07-16 | 2006-01-19 | Luna Innovations Incorporated | Fiber optic position and shape sensing device and method relating thereto |
US6990370B1 (en) * | 1992-09-23 | 2006-01-24 | Endocardial Solutions, Inc. | Method for mapping heart electrophysiology |
US20070016084A1 (en) * | 2003-08-28 | 2007-01-18 | Andre Denault | Catherter for measuring an intraventricular pressure and method of using same |
US20070232898A1 (en) * | 2006-03-31 | 2007-10-04 | Medtronic Vascular, Inc. | Telescoping Catheter With Electromagnetic Coils for Imaging and Navigation During Cardiac Procedures |
US20080015466A1 (en) * | 2006-07-13 | 2008-01-17 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Obtaining a tissue sample |
US20080024493A1 (en) * | 2006-07-25 | 2008-01-31 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Systems and Methods of Direct Volume Rendering |
US20090017430A1 (en) * | 2007-05-15 | 2009-01-15 | Stryker Trauma Gmbh | Virtual surgical training tool |
US7479141B2 (en) * | 2003-11-26 | 2009-01-20 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Ablation tip catheter device with integrated imaging, ECG and positioning devices |
US20100004724A1 (en) * | 2007-04-18 | 2010-01-07 | Medtronic, Inc. | Chronically-implantable active fixation medical electrical leads and related methods for non-fluoroscopic implantation |
US20100022873A1 (en) * | 2002-11-19 | 2010-01-28 | Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. | Navigation System for Cardiac Therapies |
US7824328B2 (en) * | 2006-09-18 | 2010-11-02 | Stryker Corporation | Method and apparatus for tracking a surgical instrument during surgery |
US8102116B2 (en) * | 2008-12-19 | 2012-01-24 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Organic light-emitting device |
US8105691B2 (en) * | 2005-07-13 | 2012-01-31 | Miyoshi Kasei, Inc. | Hydrophilized surface-treated powder and cosmetics containing same |
US8106407B2 (en) * | 2000-08-18 | 2012-01-31 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Light-emitting device and display device |
US8106905B2 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2012-01-31 | Medtronic, Inc. | Illustrating a three-dimensional nature of a data set on a two-dimensional display |
US8105945B2 (en) * | 2003-10-02 | 2012-01-31 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing wiring, thin film transistor, light emitting device and liquid crystal display device, and droplet discharge apparatus for forming the same |
Family Cites Families (617)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US1735726A (en) | 1929-11-12 | bornhardt | ||
US1576781A (en) | 1924-04-22 | 1926-03-16 | Herman B Philips | Fluoroscopic fracture apparatus |
US2407845A (en) | 1943-01-16 | 1946-09-17 | California Inst Res Found | Aligning device for tools |
US2650588A (en) | 1950-12-29 | 1953-09-01 | Drew Harry Guy Radcliffe | Artificial femoral head having an x-ray marker |
US2697433A (en) | 1951-12-04 | 1954-12-21 | Max A Zehnder | Device for accurately positioning and guiding guide wires used in the nailing of thefemoral neck |
BE576462A (en) | 1959-03-07 | 1900-01-01 | ||
US3109588A (en) | 1962-01-26 | 1963-11-05 | William L Polhemus | Celestial computers |
US3294083A (en) | 1963-08-26 | 1966-12-27 | Alderson Res Lab Inc | Dosimetry system for penetrating radiation |
DE1238814B (en) | 1966-02-23 | 1967-04-13 | Merckle Flugzeugwerke G M B H | Inductive angle encoder based on the transformer principle |
US3577160A (en) | 1968-01-10 | 1971-05-04 | James E White | X-ray gauging apparatus with x-ray opaque markers in the x-ray path to indicate alignment of x-ray tube, subject and film |
GB1257034A (en) | 1968-03-25 | 1971-12-15 | ||
SE336642B (en) | 1969-10-28 | 1971-07-12 | Astra Meditec Ab | |
US3704707A (en) | 1971-04-06 | 1972-12-05 | William X Halloran | Orthopedic drill guide apparatus |
US3702935A (en) | 1971-10-13 | 1972-11-14 | Litton Medical Products | Mobile fluoroscopic unit for bedside catheter placement |
US3837347A (en) | 1972-04-20 | 1974-09-24 | Electro Catheter Corp | Inflatable balloon-type pacing probe |
US3821469A (en) | 1972-05-15 | 1974-06-28 | Amperex Electronic Corp | Graphical data device |
US4017858A (en) | 1973-07-30 | 1977-04-12 | Polhemus Navigation Sciences, Inc. | Apparatus for generating a nutating electromagnetic field |
US3941127A (en) | 1974-10-03 | 1976-03-02 | Froning Edward C | Apparatus and method for stereotaxic lateral extradural disc puncture |
US3995623A (en) | 1974-12-23 | 1976-12-07 | American Hospital Supply Corporation | Multipurpose flow-directed catheter |
US3983474A (en) | 1975-02-21 | 1976-09-28 | Polhemus Navigation Sciences, Inc. | Tracking and determining orientation of object using coordinate transformation means, system and process |
US4052620A (en) | 1975-11-28 | 1977-10-04 | Picker Corporation | Method and apparatus for improved radiation detection in radiation scanning systems |
US4054881A (en) | 1976-04-26 | 1977-10-18 | The Austin Company | Remote object position locater |
US4037592A (en) | 1976-05-04 | 1977-07-26 | Kronner Richard F | Guide pin locating tool and method |
US5291199A (en) | 1977-01-06 | 1994-03-01 | Westinghouse Electric Corp. | Threat signal detection system |
US4298874A (en) | 1977-01-17 | 1981-11-03 | The Austin Company | Method and apparatus for tracking objects |
DE2718804C3 (en) | 1977-04-27 | 1979-10-31 | Karlheinz Prof. Dr. 3000 Hannover Renner | Device for positioning control of patients and / or radiation sources |
US4173228A (en) | 1977-05-16 | 1979-11-06 | Applied Medical Devices | Catheter locating device |
SU745505A1 (en) | 1977-09-28 | 1980-07-05 | Научно-Исследовательский Институт Экспериментальной Медицины Амн Ссср | Method of guiding stereotaxic tool on target point |
US4117337A (en) | 1977-11-03 | 1978-09-26 | General Electric Company | Patient positioning indication arrangement for a computed tomography system |
DE7805301U1 (en) | 1978-02-22 | 1978-07-06 | Howmedica International, Inc. Zweigniederlassung Kiel, 2300 Kiel | Distal aiming device for locking nailing |
US4202349A (en) | 1978-04-24 | 1980-05-13 | Jones James W | Radiopaque vessel markers |
USRE32619E (en) | 1978-11-20 | 1988-03-08 | Apparatus and method for nuclear magnetic resonance scanning and mapping | |
US4256112A (en) | 1979-02-12 | 1981-03-17 | David Kopf Instruments | Head positioner |
US4341220A (en) | 1979-04-13 | 1982-07-27 | Pfizer Inc. | Stereotactic surgery apparatus and method |
FR2458838A1 (en) | 1979-06-06 | 1981-01-02 | Thomson Csf | DEVICE FOR MEASURING THE RELATIVE ORIENTATION OF TWO BODIES AND CORRESPONDING STEERING SYSTEM |
US4287809A (en) | 1979-08-20 | 1981-09-08 | Honeywell Inc. | Helmet-mounted sighting system |
US4608977A (en) | 1979-08-29 | 1986-09-02 | Brown Russell A | System using computed tomography as for selective body treatment |
US4419012A (en) | 1979-09-11 | 1983-12-06 | Elliott Brothers (London) Limited | Position measuring system |
US4319136A (en) | 1979-11-09 | 1982-03-09 | Jinkins J Randolph | Computerized tomography radiograph data transfer cap |
US4346384A (en) | 1980-06-30 | 1982-08-24 | The Austin Company | Remote object position and orientation locator |
US4328548A (en) | 1980-04-04 | 1982-05-04 | The Austin Company | Locator for source of electromagnetic radiation having unknown structure or orientation |
EP0039206B1 (en) | 1980-04-23 | 1984-10-10 | Inoue-Japax Research Incorporated | Magnetic treatment device |
DE3022497A1 (en) | 1980-06-14 | 1981-12-24 | Philips Patentverwaltung Gmbh, 2000 Hamburg | COUPLE AREA |
US4688037A (en) | 1980-08-18 | 1987-08-18 | Mcdonnell Douglas Corporation | Electromagnetic communications and switching system |
US4339953A (en) | 1980-08-29 | 1982-07-20 | Aisin Seiki Company, Ltd. | Position sensor |
US4328813A (en) | 1980-10-20 | 1982-05-11 | Medtronic, Inc. | Brain lead anchoring system |
US4358856A (en) | 1980-10-31 | 1982-11-09 | General Electric Company | Multiaxial x-ray apparatus |
DE3042343A1 (en) | 1980-11-10 | 1982-06-09 | Philips Patentverwaltung Gmbh, 2000 Hamburg | Synthetic formation of defect-free images - by superimposed blurring images of defect on reconstituted multiple perspective images |
AU7986682A (en) | 1981-02-12 | 1982-08-19 | New York University | Apparatus for stereotactic surgery |
NL8101722A (en) | 1981-04-08 | 1982-11-01 | Philips Nv | CONTOUR METER. |
US4710708A (en) | 1981-04-27 | 1987-12-01 | Develco | Method and apparatus employing received independent magnetic field components of a transmitted alternating magnetic field for determining location |
FI64282C (en) | 1981-06-04 | 1983-11-10 | Instrumentarium Oy | DIAGNOSISPARATUR FOER BESTAEMMANDE AV VAEVNADERNAS STRUKTUR OC SAMMANSAETTNING |
US4422041A (en) | 1981-07-30 | 1983-12-20 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army | Magnet position sensing system |
US4396945A (en) | 1981-08-19 | 1983-08-02 | Solid Photography Inc. | Method of sensing the position and orientation of elements in space |
US4485815A (en) | 1982-08-30 | 1984-12-04 | Kurt Amplatz | Device and method for fluoroscope-monitored percutaneous puncture treatment |
US4506676A (en) | 1982-09-10 | 1985-03-26 | Duska Alois A | Radiographic localization technique |
US4584577A (en) | 1982-10-20 | 1986-04-22 | Brookes & Gatehouse Limited | Angular position sensor |
US4961422A (en) | 1983-01-21 | 1990-10-09 | Marchosky J Alexander | Method and apparatus for volumetric interstitial conductive hyperthermia |
NL8300965A (en) | 1983-03-17 | 1984-10-16 | Nicolaas Roelof Snijder | SYSTEM FOR EXAMINATION OF SKELETON PARTS OF THE BODY OF A LIVING ORIGIN, IN PARTICULAR THE SPIRIT OF THE HUMAN BODY. |
US4506680A (en) | 1983-03-17 | 1985-03-26 | Medtronic, Inc. | Drug dispensing body implantable lead |
US4651732A (en) | 1983-03-17 | 1987-03-24 | Frederick Philip R | Three-dimensional light guidance system for invasive procedures |
US4613866A (en) | 1983-05-13 | 1986-09-23 | Mcdonnell Douglas Corporation | Three dimensional digitizer with electromagnetic coupling |
NL8302228A (en) | 1983-06-22 | 1985-01-16 | Optische Ind De Oude Delft Nv | MEASURING SYSTEM FOR USING A TRIANGULAR PRINCIPLE, CONTACT-FREE MEASURING A DISTANCE GIVEN BY A SURFACE CONTOUR TO AN OBJECTIVE LEVEL. |
DE3332642A1 (en) | 1983-09-09 | 1985-04-04 | Ortopedia Gmbh, 2300 Kiel | DEVICE FOR DETECTING CROSS HOLES INTRAMEDULLA IMPLANTS |
US4618978A (en) | 1983-10-21 | 1986-10-21 | Cosman Eric R | Means for localizing target coordinates in a body relative to a guidance system reference frame in any arbitrary plane as viewed by a tomographic image through the body |
DE3342675A1 (en) | 1983-11-25 | 1985-06-05 | Fa. Carl Zeiss, 7920 Heidenheim | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTACTLESS MEASUREMENT OF OBJECTS |
US4753528A (en) | 1983-12-13 | 1988-06-28 | Quantime, Inc. | Laser archery distance device |
US4549555A (en) | 1984-02-17 | 1985-10-29 | Orthothronics Limited Partnership | Knee laxity evaluator and motion module/digitizer arrangement |
US4841967A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1989-06-27 | Chang Ming Z | Positioning device for percutaneous needle insertion |
US4583538A (en) | 1984-05-04 | 1986-04-22 | Onik Gary M | Method and apparatus for stereotaxic placement of probes in the body utilizing CT scanner localization |
US4649504A (en) | 1984-05-22 | 1987-03-10 | Cae Electronics, Ltd. | Optical position and orientation measurement techniques |
DK151404C (en) | 1984-05-23 | 1988-07-18 | Cook Europ Aps William | FULLY FILTER FOR IMPLANTATION IN A PATIENT'S BLOOD |
DE8417428U1 (en) | 1984-06-08 | 1984-09-13 | Howmedica International, Inc. Zweigniederlassung Kiel, 2300 Kiel | Target device |
US4548208A (en) | 1984-06-27 | 1985-10-22 | Medtronic, Inc. | Automatic adjusting induction coil treatment device |
CA1265586A (en) | 1984-08-14 | 1990-02-06 | Consiglio Nazionale Delle Ricerche | Method and device for quick location of starting site of ventricular arrhythmias |
JPS6149205A (en) | 1984-08-16 | 1986-03-11 | Seiko Instr & Electronics Ltd | Robot control system |
US4889526A (en) | 1984-08-27 | 1989-12-26 | Magtech Laboratories, Inc. | Non-invasive method and apparatus for modulating brain signals through an external magnetic or electric field to reduce pain |
US4696304A (en) | 1984-09-10 | 1987-09-29 | Thomas J. Fogarty | Thermodilution flow-directed catheter assembly and method |
US4617925A (en) | 1984-10-01 | 1986-10-21 | Laitinen Lauri V | Adapter for definition of the position of brain structures |
US4705395A (en) | 1984-10-03 | 1987-11-10 | Diffracto Ltd. | Triangulation data integrity |
US4821206A (en) | 1984-11-27 | 1989-04-11 | Photo Acoustic Technology, Inc. | Ultrasonic apparatus for positioning a robot hand |
US4706665A (en) | 1984-12-17 | 1987-11-17 | Gouda Kasim I | Frame for stereotactic surgery |
DE3500605A1 (en) | 1985-01-10 | 1986-07-10 | Markus Dr. 5300 Bonn Hansen | DEVICE FOR MEASURING THE POSITIONS AND MOVEMENTS OF THE LOWER JAW RELATIVE TO THE UPPER JAW |
DE3508730A1 (en) | 1985-03-12 | 1986-09-18 | Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München | Measuring device for medical purposes |
US4782239A (en) | 1985-04-05 | 1988-11-01 | Nippon Kogaku K. K. | Optical position measuring apparatus |
US4838265A (en) | 1985-05-24 | 1989-06-13 | Cosman Eric R | Localization device for probe placement under CT scanner imaging |
US4737921A (en) | 1985-06-03 | 1988-04-12 | Dynamic Digital Displays, Inc. | Three dimensional medical image display system |
SE447848B (en) | 1985-06-14 | 1986-12-15 | Anders Bengtsson | INSTRUMENTS FOR SEATING SURFACE TOPOGRAPHY |
US4743771A (en) | 1985-06-17 | 1988-05-10 | View Engineering, Inc. | Z-axis height measurement system |
US4653509A (en) | 1985-07-03 | 1987-03-31 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Air Force | Guided trephine samples for skeletal bone studies |
US4705401A (en) | 1985-08-12 | 1987-11-10 | Cyberware Laboratory Inc. | Rapid three-dimensional surface digitizer |
US4737032A (en) | 1985-08-26 | 1988-04-12 | Cyberware Laboratory, Inc. | Surface mensuration sensor |
IL76517A (en) | 1985-09-27 | 1989-02-28 | Nessim Igal Levy | Distance measuring device |
US4709156A (en) | 1985-11-27 | 1987-11-24 | Ex-Cell-O Corporation | Method and apparatus for inspecting a surface |
US4794262A (en) | 1985-12-03 | 1988-12-27 | Yukio Sato | Method and apparatus for measuring profile of three-dimensional object |
US4742356A (en) | 1985-12-09 | 1988-05-03 | Mcdonnell Douglas Corporation | Method and apparatus for determining remote object orientation and position |
US4737794A (en) | 1985-12-09 | 1988-04-12 | Mcdonnell Douglas Corporation | Method and apparatus for determining remote object orientation and position |
DE3543867C3 (en) | 1985-12-12 | 1994-10-06 | Wolf Gmbh Richard | Device for the spatial location and destruction of concrements in body cavities |
US4742815A (en) | 1986-01-02 | 1988-05-10 | Ninan Champil A | Computer monitoring of endoscope |
JP2685071B2 (en) | 1986-03-10 | 1997-12-03 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Numerical control unit |
SE469321B (en) | 1986-04-14 | 1993-06-21 | Joenkoepings Laens Landsting | SET AND DEVICE TO MAKE A MODIFIED THREE-DIMENSIONAL IMAGE OF AN ELASTIC DEFORMABLE PURPOSE |
US4862893A (en) | 1987-12-08 | 1989-09-05 | Intra-Sonix, Inc. | Ultrasonic transducer |
US4977655A (en) | 1986-04-25 | 1990-12-18 | Intra-Sonix, Inc. | Method of making a transducer |
US4821731A (en) | 1986-04-25 | 1989-04-18 | Intra-Sonix, Inc. | Acoustic image system and method |
US5002058A (en) | 1986-04-25 | 1991-03-26 | Intra-Sonix, Inc. | Ultrasonic transducer |
US4822163A (en) | 1986-06-26 | 1989-04-18 | Robotic Vision Systems, Inc. | Tracking vision sensor |
US4791934A (en) | 1986-08-07 | 1988-12-20 | Picker International, Inc. | Computer tomography assisted stereotactic surgery system and method |
US4733969A (en) | 1986-09-08 | 1988-03-29 | Cyberoptics Corporation | Laser probe for determining distance |
US4852580A (en) | 1986-09-17 | 1989-08-01 | Axiom Medical, Inc. | Catheter for measuring bioimpedance |
US4743770A (en) | 1986-09-22 | 1988-05-10 | Mitutoyo Mfg. Co., Ltd. | Profile-measuring light probe using a change in reflection factor in the proximity of a critical angle of light |
US4761072A (en) | 1986-09-30 | 1988-08-02 | Diffracto Ltd. | Electro-optical sensors for manual control |
US4849692A (en) | 1986-10-09 | 1989-07-18 | Ascension Technology Corporation | Device for quantitatively measuring the relative position and orientation of two bodies in the presence of metals utilizing direct current magnetic fields |
US4945305A (en) | 1986-10-09 | 1990-07-31 | Ascension Technology Corporation | Device for quantitatively measuring the relative position and orientation of two bodies in the presence of metals utilizing direct current magnetic fields |
US4750487A (en) | 1986-11-24 | 1988-06-14 | Zanetti Paul H | Stereotactic frame |
DE3703422A1 (en) | 1987-02-05 | 1988-08-18 | Zeiss Carl Fa | OPTOELECTRONIC DISTANCE SENSOR |
US4745290A (en) | 1987-03-19 | 1988-05-17 | David Frankel | Method and apparatus for use in making custom shoes |
US4875478A (en) | 1987-04-10 | 1989-10-24 | Chen Harry H | Portable compression grid & needle holder |
US4793355A (en) | 1987-04-17 | 1988-12-27 | Biomagnetic Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus for process for making biomagnetic measurements |
US4809694A (en) | 1987-05-19 | 1989-03-07 | Ferrara Vincent L | Biopsy guide |
US4836778A (en) | 1987-05-26 | 1989-06-06 | Vexcel Corporation | Mandibular motion monitoring system |
US4845771A (en) | 1987-06-29 | 1989-07-04 | Picker International, Inc. | Exposure monitoring in radiation imaging |
NL8701536A (en) | 1987-06-30 | 1989-01-16 | Joannes Hendricus Aloys Heuvel | METHOD FOR PERFORMING HAEMODYNAMIC MEASUREMENTS IN A PATIENT AND FLOW-GUIDED BALLOON CATHETER USED THEREFOR |
FR2618211B1 (en) | 1987-07-15 | 1991-11-15 | Chardon Bernard | FRONTAL LIGHTING DEVICE FOR OBSERVING NARROW AND DEEP CAVITIES. |
US4829373A (en) | 1987-08-03 | 1989-05-09 | Vexcel Corporation | Stereo mensuration apparatus |
US4931056A (en) | 1987-09-04 | 1990-06-05 | Neurodynamics, Inc. | Catheter guide apparatus for perpendicular insertion into a cranium orifice |
JPS6472736A (en) | 1987-09-14 | 1989-03-17 | Toshiba Corp | Mri apparatus |
US4875165A (en) | 1987-11-27 | 1989-10-17 | University Of Chicago | Method for determination of 3-D structure in biplane angiography |
US5027818A (en) | 1987-12-03 | 1991-07-02 | University Of Florida | Dosimetric technique for stereotactic radiosurgery same |
US4869255A (en) | 1987-12-04 | 1989-09-26 | Ad-Tech Medical Instrument Corp. | Electrical connection device |
US5251127A (en) | 1988-02-01 | 1993-10-05 | Faro Medical Technologies Inc. | Computer-aided surgery apparatus |
EP0326768A3 (en) | 1988-02-01 | 1991-01-23 | Faro Medical Technologies Inc. | Computer-aided surgery apparatus |
US4951653A (en) | 1988-03-02 | 1990-08-28 | Laboratory Equipment, Corp. | Ultrasound brain lesioning system |
US4869247A (en) | 1988-03-11 | 1989-09-26 | The University Of Virginia Alumni Patents Foundation | Video tumor fighting system |
US4884566A (en) | 1988-04-15 | 1989-12-05 | The University Of Michigan | System and method for determining orientation of planes of imaging |
NL8801750A (en) | 1988-07-11 | 1990-02-01 | Philips Nv | ROENTGEN RESEARCH DEVICE WITH A BALANCED TRIPOD. |
US5050608A (en) | 1988-07-12 | 1991-09-24 | Medirand, Inc. | System for indicating a position to be operated in a patient's body |
US4860331A (en) | 1988-09-12 | 1989-08-22 | Williams John F | Image marker device |
US4905698A (en) | 1988-09-13 | 1990-03-06 | Pharmacia Deltec Inc. | Method and apparatus for catheter location determination |
EP0359864B1 (en) | 1988-09-23 | 1993-12-01 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Apparatus and method for the measurement of weak magnetic fields dependent upon position and time |
US5265611A (en) | 1988-09-23 | 1993-11-30 | Siemens Aktiengellschaft | Apparatus for measuring weak, location-dependent and time-dependent magnetic field |
US5143076A (en) | 1988-12-23 | 1992-09-01 | Tyrone L. Hardy | Three-dimensional beam localization microscope apparatus for stereotactic diagnoses or surgery |
US5099846A (en) | 1988-12-23 | 1992-03-31 | Hardy Tyrone L | Method and apparatus for video presentation from a variety of scanner imaging sources |
US5098426A (en) | 1989-02-06 | 1992-03-24 | Phoenix Laser Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for precision laser surgery |
US5197476A (en) | 1989-03-16 | 1993-03-30 | Christopher Nowacki | Locating target in human body |
CN1049287A (en) | 1989-05-24 | 1991-02-20 | 住友电气工业株式会社 | The treatment conduit |
US5024226A (en) | 1989-08-17 | 1991-06-18 | Critikon, Inc. | Epidural oxygen sensor |
US5257998A (en) | 1989-09-20 | 1993-11-02 | Mitaka Kohki Co., Ltd. | Medical three-dimensional locating apparatus |
US5681260A (en) | 1989-09-22 | 1997-10-28 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Guiding apparatus for guiding an insertable body within an inspected object |
IL91805A (en) | 1989-09-27 | 1996-12-05 | Elscint Ltd | Quadrature surface coil |
EP0419729A1 (en) | 1989-09-29 | 1991-04-03 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Position finding of a catheter by means of non-ionising fields |
US5005592A (en) | 1989-10-27 | 1991-04-09 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Method and apparatus for tracking catheters |
EP0647428A3 (en) | 1989-11-08 | 1995-07-12 | George S Allen | Interactive image-guided surgical system. |
US5222499A (en) | 1989-11-15 | 1993-06-29 | Allen George S | Method and apparatus for imaging the anatomy |
US5329944A (en) | 1989-11-16 | 1994-07-19 | Fabian Carl E | Surgical implement detector utilizing an acoustic marker |
US5107862A (en) | 1991-05-06 | 1992-04-28 | Fabian Carl E | Surgical implement detector utilizing a powered marker |
US5190059A (en) | 1989-11-16 | 1993-03-02 | Fabian Carl E | Surgical implement detector utilizing a powered marker |
US5057095A (en) | 1989-11-16 | 1991-10-15 | Fabian Carl E | Surgical implement detector utilizing a resonant marker |
US5105829A (en) | 1989-11-16 | 1992-04-21 | Fabian Carl E | Surgical implement detector utilizing capacitive coupling |
US5047036A (en) | 1989-11-17 | 1991-09-10 | Koutrouvelis Panos G | Stereotactic device |
US5308352A (en) | 1989-11-17 | 1994-05-03 | Koutrouvelis Panos G | Stereotactic device |
WO1991007913A1 (en) | 1989-11-24 | 1991-06-13 | Technomed International | A method and apparatus for determining the position of a target relative to known co-ordinates |
FR2655415B1 (en) | 1989-12-01 | 1992-02-21 | Sextant Avionique | ELECTROMAGNETIC POSITION AND ORIENTATION DETECTOR. |
US5013317A (en) | 1990-02-07 | 1991-05-07 | Smith & Nephew Richards Inc. | Medical drill assembly transparent to X-rays and targeting drill bit |
US5031203A (en) | 1990-02-09 | 1991-07-09 | Trecha Randal R | Coaxial laser targeting device for use with x-ray equipment and surgical drill equipment during surgical procedures |
US5214615A (en) | 1990-02-26 | 1993-05-25 | Will Bauer | Three-dimensional displacement of a body with computer interface |
US5076285A (en) | 1990-03-30 | 1991-12-31 | Medtronic, Inc. | Screw-in lead |
FI89132C (en) | 1990-04-06 | 1993-08-25 | Orion Yhtymae Oy | Method for fine-needle biopsy or for performing a tissue marker in conjunction with mammography and arrangements for performing the procedure |
US5224049A (en) | 1990-04-10 | 1993-06-29 | Mushabac David R | Method, system and mold assembly for use in preparing a dental prosthesis |
JP2750201B2 (en) | 1990-04-13 | 1998-05-13 | オリンパス光学工業株式会社 | Endoscope insertion state detection device |
US5253647A (en) | 1990-04-13 | 1993-10-19 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Insertion position and orientation state pickup for endoscope |
US5107839A (en) | 1990-05-04 | 1992-04-28 | Pavel V. Houdek | Computer controlled stereotaxic radiotherapy system and method |
US5030222A (en) | 1990-05-09 | 1991-07-09 | James Calandruccio | Radiolucent orthopedic chuck |
US5295483A (en) | 1990-05-11 | 1994-03-22 | Christopher Nowacki | Locating target in human body |
US5457641A (en) | 1990-06-29 | 1995-10-10 | Sextant Avionique | Method and apparatus for determining an orientation associated with a mobile system, especially a line of sight inside a helmet visor |
US5017139A (en) | 1990-07-05 | 1991-05-21 | Mushabac David R | Mechanical support for hand-held dental/medical instrument |
GB9018660D0 (en) | 1990-08-24 | 1990-10-10 | Imperial College | Probe system |
US5193106A (en) | 1990-08-28 | 1993-03-09 | Desena Danforth | X-ray identification marker |
US5160337A (en) | 1990-09-24 | 1992-11-03 | Cosman Eric R | Curved-shaped floor stand for use with a linear accelerator in radiosurgery |
US5198877A (en) | 1990-10-15 | 1993-03-30 | Pixsys, Inc. | Method and apparatus for three-dimensional non-contact shape sensing |
US6347240B1 (en) | 1990-10-19 | 2002-02-12 | St. Louis University | System and method for use in displaying images of a body part |
US5059789A (en) | 1990-10-22 | 1991-10-22 | International Business Machines Corp. | Optical position and orientation sensor |
FR2668359B1 (en) | 1990-10-24 | 1998-02-20 | Gen Electric Cgr | MAMMOGRAPH PROVIDED WITH A PERFECTED NEEDLE HOLDER. |
US5265622A (en) | 1990-10-25 | 1993-11-30 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Guidewire having radially expandable member and method for guiding and advancing a catheter using the same |
US5823958A (en) | 1990-11-26 | 1998-10-20 | Truppe; Michael | System and method for displaying a structural data image in real-time correlation with moveable body |
JP2715762B2 (en) | 1990-11-30 | 1998-02-18 | 富士写真光機株式会社 | Ultrasonic inspection equipment |
US5054492A (en) | 1990-12-17 | 1991-10-08 | Cardiovascular Imaging Systems, Inc. | Ultrasonic imaging catheter having rotational image correlation |
US5662111A (en) | 1991-01-28 | 1997-09-02 | Cosman; Eric R. | Process of stereotactic optical navigation |
US5947981A (en) | 1995-01-31 | 1999-09-07 | Cosman; Eric R. | Head and neck localizer |
US6006126A (en) | 1991-01-28 | 1999-12-21 | Cosman; Eric R. | System and method for stereotactic registration of image scan data |
US5228442A (en) | 1991-02-15 | 1993-07-20 | Cardiac Pathways Corporation | Method for mapping, ablation, and stimulation using an endocardial catheter |
US5161536A (en) | 1991-03-22 | 1992-11-10 | Catheter Technology | Ultrasonic position indicating apparatus and methods |
US5257636A (en) | 1991-04-02 | 1993-11-02 | Steven J. White | Apparatus for determining position of an endothracheal tube |
US5339799A (en) | 1991-04-23 | 1994-08-23 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Medical system for reproducing a state of contact of the treatment section in the operation unit |
US5291889A (en) | 1991-05-23 | 1994-03-08 | Vanguard Imaging Ltd. | Apparatus and method for spatially positioning images |
FI93607C (en) | 1991-05-24 | 1995-05-10 | John Koivukangas | Cutting Remedy |
US5167239A (en) | 1991-05-30 | 1992-12-01 | Endomedix Corporation | Anchorable guidewire |
US5417210A (en) | 1992-05-27 | 1995-05-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for augmentation of endoscopic surgery |
DE9107298U1 (en) | 1991-06-13 | 1991-07-25 | Howmedica GmbH, 2314 Schönkirchen | Device for setting holes for locking nailing |
US5261404A (en) | 1991-07-08 | 1993-11-16 | Mick Peter R | Three-dimensional mammal anatomy imaging system and method |
US5249581A (en) | 1991-07-15 | 1993-10-05 | Horbal Mark T | Precision bone alignment |
US5211165A (en) | 1991-09-03 | 1993-05-18 | General Electric Company | Tracking system to follow the position and orientation of a device with radiofrequency field gradients |
US5255680A (en) | 1991-09-03 | 1993-10-26 | General Electric Company | Automatic gantry positioning for imaging systems |
US5265610A (en) | 1991-09-03 | 1993-11-30 | General Electric Company | Multi-planar X-ray fluoroscopy system using radiofrequency fields |
US5251635A (en) | 1991-09-03 | 1993-10-12 | General Electric Company | Stereoscopic X-ray fluoroscopy system using radiofrequency fields |
US5645065A (en) | 1991-09-04 | 1997-07-08 | Navion Biomedical Corporation | Catheter depth, position and orientation location system |
US5425367A (en) | 1991-09-04 | 1995-06-20 | Navion Biomedical Corporation | Catheter depth, position and orientation location system |
DE4134481C2 (en) | 1991-10-18 | 1998-04-09 | Zeiss Carl Fa | Surgical microscope for computer-aided, stereotactic microsurgery |
US5207688A (en) | 1991-10-31 | 1993-05-04 | Medco, Inc. | Noninvasive head fixation method and apparatus |
US5300080A (en) | 1991-11-01 | 1994-04-05 | David Clayman | Stereotactic instrument guided placement |
US5330485A (en) | 1991-11-01 | 1994-07-19 | Clayman David A | Cerebral instrument guide frame and procedures utilizing it |
US5437277A (en) | 1991-11-18 | 1995-08-01 | General Electric Company | Inductively coupled RF tracking system for use in invasive imaging of a living body |
US5445150A (en) | 1991-11-18 | 1995-08-29 | General Electric Company | Invasive system employing a radiofrequency tracking system |
US5274551A (en) | 1991-11-29 | 1993-12-28 | General Electric Company | Method and apparatus for real-time navigation assist in interventional radiological procedures |
US5371778A (en) | 1991-11-29 | 1994-12-06 | Picker International, Inc. | Concurrent display and adjustment of 3D projection, coronal slice, sagittal slice, and transverse slice images |
US5230623A (en) | 1991-12-10 | 1993-07-27 | Radionics, Inc. | Operating pointer with interactive computergraphics |
US5478341A (en) | 1991-12-23 | 1995-12-26 | Zimmer, Inc. | Ratchet lock for an intramedullary nail locking bolt |
US5233990A (en) | 1992-01-13 | 1993-08-10 | Gideon Barnea | Method and apparatus for diagnostic imaging in radiation therapy |
US5212720A (en) | 1992-01-29 | 1993-05-18 | Research Foundation-State University Of N.Y. | Dual radiation targeting system |
US5320111A (en) | 1992-02-07 | 1994-06-14 | Livingston Products, Inc. | Light beam locator and guide for a biopsy needle |
US5237996A (en) | 1992-02-11 | 1993-08-24 | Waldman Lewis K | Endocardial electrical mapping catheter |
US5306271A (en) | 1992-03-09 | 1994-04-26 | Izi Corporation | Radiation therapy skin markers |
DE4207632C2 (en) | 1992-03-11 | 1995-07-20 | Bodenseewerk Geraetetech | Device and method for positioning a body part for treatment purposes |
DE4207901C3 (en) | 1992-03-12 | 1999-10-07 | Aesculap Ag & Co Kg | Method and device for displaying a work area in a three-dimensional structure |
US5318025A (en) | 1992-04-01 | 1994-06-07 | General Electric Company | Tracking system to monitor the position and orientation of a device using multiplexed magnetic resonance detection |
US5271400A (en) | 1992-04-01 | 1993-12-21 | General Electric Company | Tracking system to monitor the position and orientation of a device using magnetic resonance detection of a sample contained within the device |
US5573533A (en) | 1992-04-10 | 1996-11-12 | Medtronic Cardiorhythm | Method and system for radiofrequency ablation of cardiac tissue |
US5299253A (en) | 1992-04-10 | 1994-03-29 | Akzo N.V. | Alignment system to overlay abdominal computer aided tomography and magnetic resonance anatomy with single photon emission tomography |
IL102218A (en) | 1992-06-16 | 2003-06-24 | Elbit Systems Ltd | Tracker employing a rotating electromagnetic field |
GB2280343A (en) | 1993-07-08 | 1995-01-25 | Innovative Care Ltd | A laser targeting device for use with image intensifiers |
US5307072A (en) | 1992-07-09 | 1994-04-26 | Polhemus Incorporated | Non-concentricity compensation in position and orientation measurement systems |
US5325873A (en) | 1992-07-23 | 1994-07-05 | Abbott Laboratories | Tube placement verifier system |
US5197965A (en) | 1992-07-29 | 1993-03-30 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Skull clamp pin assembly |
DE4225112C1 (en) | 1992-07-30 | 1993-12-09 | Bodenseewerk Geraetetech | Instrument position relative to processing object measuring apparatus - has measuring device for measuring position of instrument including inertia sensor unit |
FR2694881B1 (en) | 1992-07-31 | 1996-09-06 | Univ Joseph Fourier | METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE POSITION OF AN ORGAN. |
EP0655138B1 (en) | 1992-08-14 | 1998-04-29 | BRITISH TELECOMMUNICATIONS public limited company | Position location system |
AU675077B2 (en) | 1992-08-14 | 1997-01-23 | British Telecommunications Public Limited Company | Position location system |
US5368030A (en) | 1992-09-09 | 1994-11-29 | Izi Corporation | Non-invasive multi-modality radiographic surface markers |
US5469847A (en) | 1992-09-09 | 1995-11-28 | Izi Corporation | Radiographic multi-modality skin markers |
US5297549A (en) | 1992-09-23 | 1994-03-29 | Endocardial Therapeutics, Inc. | Endocardial mapping system |
US7189208B1 (en) | 1992-09-23 | 2007-03-13 | Endocardial Solutions, Inc. | Method for measuring heart electrophysiology |
US6240307B1 (en) | 1993-09-23 | 2001-05-29 | Endocardial Solutions, Inc. | Endocardial mapping system |
US5647361A (en) | 1992-09-28 | 1997-07-15 | Fonar Corporation | Magnetic resonance imaging method and apparatus for guiding invasive therapy |
US5375596A (en) | 1992-09-29 | 1994-12-27 | Hdc Corporation | Method and apparatus for determining the position of catheters, tubes, placement guidewires and implantable ports within biological tissue |
US5568384A (en) | 1992-10-13 | 1996-10-22 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Biomedical imaging and analysis |
US5456718A (en) | 1992-11-17 | 1995-10-10 | Szymaitis; Dennis W. | Apparatus for detecting surgical objects within the human body |
US5517990A (en) | 1992-11-30 | 1996-05-21 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Stereotaxy wand and tool guide |
US5309913A (en) | 1992-11-30 | 1994-05-10 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Frameless stereotaxy system |
US5732703A (en) | 1992-11-30 | 1998-03-31 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Stereotaxy wand and tool guide |
US5305091A (en) | 1992-12-07 | 1994-04-19 | Oreo Products Inc. | Optical coordinate measuring system for large objects |
US5353807A (en) | 1992-12-07 | 1994-10-11 | Demarco Thomas J | Magnetically guidable intubation device |
US5427097A (en) | 1992-12-10 | 1995-06-27 | Accuray, Inc. | Apparatus for and method of carrying out stereotaxic radiosurgery and radiotherapy |
US5353795A (en) | 1992-12-10 | 1994-10-11 | General Electric Company | Tracking system to monitor the position of a device using multiplexed magnetic resonance detection |
US5353800A (en) | 1992-12-11 | 1994-10-11 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable pressure sensor lead |
US5333168A (en) | 1993-01-29 | 1994-07-26 | Oec Medical Systems, Inc. | Time-based attenuation compensation |
US5423334A (en) | 1993-02-01 | 1995-06-13 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Implantable medical device characterization system |
US5448610A (en) | 1993-02-09 | 1995-09-05 | Hitachi Medical Corporation | Digital X-ray photography device |
US5799099A (en) | 1993-02-12 | 1998-08-25 | George S. Allen | Automatic technique for localizing externally attached fiducial markers in volume images of the head |
US5551429A (en) | 1993-02-12 | 1996-09-03 | Fitzpatrick; J. Michael | Method for relating the data of an image space to physical space |
US5433198A (en) | 1993-03-11 | 1995-07-18 | Desai; Jawahar M. | Apparatus and method for cardiac ablation |
EP0615833B1 (en) | 1993-03-19 | 1997-05-28 | Vip Industries Limited | A heat sealing method and luggage case |
US5787886A (en) | 1993-03-19 | 1998-08-04 | Compass International Incorporated | Magnetic field digitizer for stereotatic surgery |
DE4310993A1 (en) | 1993-04-03 | 1994-10-06 | Philips Patentverwaltung | MR imaging method and arrangement for carrying out the method |
US5453686A (en) | 1993-04-08 | 1995-09-26 | Polhemus Incorporated | Pulsed-DC position and orientation measurement system |
WO1994024631A1 (en) | 1993-04-20 | 1994-10-27 | General Electric Company | Computer graphic and live video system for enhancing visualisation of body structures during surgery |
ZA942812B (en) | 1993-04-22 | 1995-11-22 | Pixsys Inc | System for locating the relative positions of objects in three dimensional space |
US5325728A (en) | 1993-06-22 | 1994-07-05 | Medtronic, Inc. | Electromagnetic flow meter |
DE69432148T2 (en) | 1993-07-01 | 2003-10-16 | Boston Scientific Ltd., St. Michael | CATHETER FOR IMAGE DISPLAY, DISPLAY OF ELECTRICAL SIGNALS AND ABLATION |
US5738096A (en) | 1993-07-20 | 1998-04-14 | Biosense, Inc. | Cardiac electromechanics |
US6983179B2 (en) | 1993-07-20 | 2006-01-03 | Biosense, Inc. | Method for mapping a heart using catheters having ultrasonic position sensors |
FR2709656B1 (en) | 1993-09-07 | 1995-12-01 | Deemed Int Sa | Installation for computer-assisted microsurgery operation and methods implemented by said installation. |
US5425382A (en) | 1993-09-14 | 1995-06-20 | University Of Washington | Apparatus and method for locating a medical tube in the body of a patient |
DE9314075U1 (en) | 1993-09-17 | 1994-01-20 | DWL Elektronische Systeme GmbH, 78354 Sipplingen | Device for receiving at least one sonographic probe |
US5342295A (en) | 1993-09-24 | 1994-08-30 | Cardiac Pathways Corporation | Catheter assembly, catheter and multi-port introducer for use therewith |
US5908446A (en) | 1994-07-07 | 1999-06-01 | Cardiac Pathways Corporation | Catheter assembly, catheter and multi-port introducer for use therewith |
DK110193A (en) | 1993-09-30 | 1995-03-31 | Per Baunsgaard | Terminal device |
US5558091A (en) | 1993-10-06 | 1996-09-24 | Biosense, Inc. | Magnetic determination of position and orientation |
US5446548A (en) | 1993-10-08 | 1995-08-29 | Siemens Medical Systems, Inc. | Patient positioning and monitoring system |
US5464446A (en) | 1993-10-12 | 1995-11-07 | Medtronic, Inc. | Brain lead anchoring system |
EP0649117A3 (en) | 1993-10-15 | 1996-01-31 | George S Allen | Method for providing medical images. |
US5840024A (en) | 1993-10-18 | 1998-11-24 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Endoscope form detecting apparatus in which coil is fixedly mounted by insulating member so that form is not deformed within endoscope |
US6059718A (en) | 1993-10-18 | 2000-05-09 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Endoscope form detecting apparatus in which coil is fixedly mounted by insulating member so that form is not deformed within endoscope |
US5394875A (en) | 1993-10-21 | 1995-03-07 | Lewis; Judith T. | Automatic ultrasonic localization of targets implanted in a portion of the anatomy |
CA2176149C (en) | 1993-11-10 | 2001-02-27 | Richard S. Jaraczewski | Electrode array catheter |
US6009349A (en) | 1993-11-16 | 1999-12-28 | Pacesetter, Inc. | System and method for deriving hemodynamic signals from a cardiac wall motion sensor |
US5399146A (en) | 1993-12-13 | 1995-03-21 | Nowacki; Christopher | Isocentric lithotripter |
US5445144A (en) | 1993-12-16 | 1995-08-29 | Purdue Research Foundation | Apparatus and method for acoustically guiding, positioning, and monitoring a tube within a body |
JP3400835B2 (en) | 1993-12-20 | 2003-04-28 | テルモ株式会社 | Secondary conduction path detector |
WO1995020348A1 (en) | 1994-01-28 | 1995-08-03 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Matching electrical characteristics and propagation velocities to locate ablation sites |
DE29522001U1 (en) | 1994-01-28 | 1999-02-11 | CFB Centrum für neue Bildgestaltung GmbH, 12489 Berlin | Device for producing an image sequence |
US5531227A (en) | 1994-01-28 | 1996-07-02 | Schneider Medical Technologies, Inc. | Imaging device and method |
US5444756A (en) | 1994-02-09 | 1995-08-22 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | X-ray machine, solid state radiation detector and method for reading radiation detection information |
US5800535A (en) | 1994-02-09 | 1998-09-01 | The University Of Iowa Research Foundation | Wireless prosthetic electrode for the brain |
US5571083A (en) | 1994-02-18 | 1996-11-05 | Lemelson; Jerome H. | Method and system for cell transplantation |
US5503416A (en) | 1994-03-10 | 1996-04-02 | Oec Medical Systems, Inc. | Undercarriage for X-ray diagnostic equipment |
US5426683A (en) | 1994-03-14 | 1995-06-20 | Oec Medical Systems, Inc. | One piece C-arm for X-ray diagnostic equipment |
EP0673166B1 (en) | 1994-03-15 | 1999-06-02 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method of clocktiming recovery in a receiver for digitally transmitted videosignals according to the ATM technique in fibre/coaxial subscriber networks |
DK0673621T3 (en) | 1994-03-18 | 1998-11-30 | Schneider Europ Gmbh | Magnetic resonance display system to follow a medical device |
US5546949A (en) | 1994-04-26 | 1996-08-20 | Frazin; Leon | Method and apparatus of logicalizing and determining orientation of an insertion end of a probe within a biotic structure |
DE4417944A1 (en) | 1994-05-21 | 1995-11-23 | Zeiss Carl Fa | Process for correlating different coordinate systems in computer-assisted, stereotactic surgery |
JP3267054B2 (en) | 1994-06-13 | 2002-03-18 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Power storage device for solar power |
US5419325A (en) | 1994-06-23 | 1995-05-30 | General Electric Company | Magnetic resonance (MR) angiography using a faraday catheter |
US5643286A (en) | 1994-06-24 | 1997-07-01 | Cytotherapeutics, Inc. | Microdrive for use in stereotactic surgery |
US5619261A (en) | 1994-07-25 | 1997-04-08 | Oec Medical Systems, Inc. | Pixel artifact/blemish filter for use in CCD video camera |
US5522874A (en) | 1994-07-28 | 1996-06-04 | Gates; James T. | Medical lead having segmented electrode |
US5512920A (en) | 1994-08-17 | 1996-04-30 | Mitsubishi Electric Research Laboratories, Inc. | Locator device for control of graphical objects |
CA2607769C (en) | 1994-08-19 | 2012-04-24 | Biosense, Inc. | Medical diagnosis, treatment and imaging systems |
US5999840A (en) | 1994-09-01 | 1999-12-07 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | System and method of registration of three-dimensional data sets |
US5531520A (en) | 1994-09-01 | 1996-07-02 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | System and method of registration of three-dimensional data sets including anatomical body data |
AU3371595A (en) | 1994-09-06 | 1996-03-27 | Sims Deltec, Inc. | Method and apparatus for location of a catheter tip |
DE4432890B4 (en) | 1994-09-15 | 2004-02-19 | Brainlab Ag | Device for detecting the position of irradiation target points |
DE4432891C2 (en) | 1994-09-15 | 2003-11-06 | Brainlab Ag | Device and mask part set for non-invasive stereotactic immobilization in a reproducible position |
US5829444A (en) | 1994-09-15 | 1998-11-03 | Visualization Technology, Inc. | Position tracking and imaging system for use in medical applications |
US5639276A (en) | 1994-09-23 | 1997-06-17 | Rapid Development Systems, Inc. | Device for use in right ventricular placement and method for using same |
DE4434519A1 (en) | 1994-09-27 | 1996-03-28 | Brainlab Med Computersyst Gmbh | Fixing pin for fixing reference system in bone structure, esp. for head ring for neurosurgery |
US5891157A (en) | 1994-09-30 | 1999-04-06 | Ohio Medical Instrument Company, Inc. | Apparatus for surgical stereotactic procedures |
US5695501A (en) | 1994-09-30 | 1997-12-09 | Ohio Medical Instrument Company, Inc. | Apparatus for neurosurgical stereotactic procedures |
DE29521895U1 (en) | 1994-10-07 | 1998-09-10 | St. Louis University, St. Louis, Mo. | Surgical navigation system comprising reference and localization frames |
US5740808A (en) | 1996-10-28 | 1998-04-21 | Ep Technologies, Inc | Systems and methods for guilding diagnostic or therapeutic devices in interior tissue regions |
US5611025A (en) | 1994-11-23 | 1997-03-11 | General Electric Company | Virtual internal cavity inspection system |
EP0714636B1 (en) | 1994-11-28 | 2003-04-16 | The Ohio State University | Interventional medicine apparatus |
US5583909C1 (en) | 1994-12-20 | 2001-03-27 | Oec Medical Systems Inc | C-arm mounting structure for mobile x-ray imaging system |
US5762064A (en) | 1995-01-23 | 1998-06-09 | Northrop Grumman Corporation | Medical magnetic positioning system and method for determining the position of a magnetic probe |
SE9500274D0 (en) | 1995-01-26 | 1995-01-26 | Siemens Elema Ab | Device for locating port on medical implant |
US5682890A (en) | 1995-01-26 | 1997-11-04 | Picker International, Inc. | Magnetic resonance stereotactic surgery with exoskeleton tissue stabilization |
US5971997A (en) | 1995-02-03 | 1999-10-26 | Radionics, Inc. | Intraoperative recalibration apparatus for stereotactic navigators |
US5588430A (en) | 1995-02-14 | 1996-12-31 | University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. | Repeat fixation for frameless stereotactic procedure |
DE19506197A1 (en) | 1995-02-23 | 1996-09-05 | Aesculap Ag | Method and device for determining the location of a body part |
DE69615007T2 (en) | 1995-02-27 | 2002-06-13 | Medtronic, Inc. | EXTERNAL REFERENCE PROBE FOR A PATIENT |
US5636644A (en) | 1995-03-17 | 1997-06-10 | Applied Medical Resources Corporation | Method and apparatus for endoconduit targeting |
JP3307519B2 (en) | 1995-03-24 | 2002-07-24 | 株式会社モリタ製作所 | Medical X-ray equipment |
US5797849A (en) | 1995-03-28 | 1998-08-25 | Sonometrics Corporation | Method for carrying out a medical procedure using a three-dimensional tracking and imaging system |
WO1996030073A1 (en) | 1995-03-30 | 1996-10-03 | Heartport, Inc. | Endovascular cardiac venting catheter and method |
US5730129A (en) | 1995-04-03 | 1998-03-24 | General Electric Company | Imaging of interventional devices in a non-stationary subject |
US5566681A (en) | 1995-05-02 | 1996-10-22 | Manwaring; Kim H. | Apparatus and method for stabilizing a body part |
US6122541A (en) | 1995-05-04 | 2000-09-19 | Radionics, Inc. | Head band for frameless stereotactic registration |
US5640170A (en) | 1995-06-05 | 1997-06-17 | Polhemus Incorporated | Position and orientation measuring system having anti-distortion source configuration |
US5617857A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1997-04-08 | Image Guided Technologies, Inc. | Imaging system having interactive medical instruments and methods |
US5752513A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1998-05-19 | Biosense, Inc. | Method and apparatus for determining position of object |
US5729129A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1998-03-17 | Biosense, Inc. | Magnetic location system with feedback adjustment of magnetic field generator |
JP3782113B2 (en) | 1995-06-12 | 2006-06-07 | コーディス ウェブスター,インコーポレイティド | Catheter with electromagnetic guidance sensor |
US5627873B1 (en) | 1995-08-04 | 2000-03-14 | Oec Medical Systems | Mini c-arm assembly for mobile x-ray imaging system |
US5617462A (en) | 1995-08-07 | 1997-04-01 | Oec Medical Systems, Inc. | Automatic X-ray exposure control system and method of use |
US5642395A (en) | 1995-08-07 | 1997-06-24 | Oec Medical Systems, Inc. | Imaging chain with miniaturized C-arm assembly for mobile X-ray imaging system |
US6090105A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 2000-07-18 | Rita Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple electrode ablation apparatus and method |
US5696500A (en) | 1995-08-18 | 1997-12-09 | Motorola, Inc. | Multi-media receiver and system therefor |
US5638819A (en) | 1995-08-29 | 1997-06-17 | Manwaring; Kim H. | Method and apparatus for guiding an instrument to a target |
US5769861A (en) | 1995-09-28 | 1998-06-23 | Brainlab Med. Computersysteme Gmbh | Method and devices for localizing an instrument |
US6351659B1 (en) | 1995-09-28 | 2002-02-26 | Brainlab Med. Computersysteme Gmbh | Neuro-navigation system |
DE19639861A1 (en) | 1995-09-28 | 1997-04-10 | Brainlab Med Computersyst Gmbh | Laminar collimator for use in radiation treatment |
US5772594A (en) | 1995-10-17 | 1998-06-30 | Barrick; Earl F. | Fluoroscopic image guided orthopaedic surgery system with intraoperative registration |
US5697377A (en) | 1995-11-22 | 1997-12-16 | Medtronic, Inc. | Catheter mapping system and method |
DE19547977A1 (en) | 1995-12-21 | 1997-06-26 | Zeiss Carl Fa | Touch probe for coordinate measuring machines |
US5800407A (en) | 1995-12-21 | 1998-09-01 | Eldor; Joseph | Multiple hole epidural catheter |
US5682886A (en) | 1995-12-26 | 1997-11-04 | Musculographics Inc | Computer-assisted surgical system |
US5727552A (en) | 1996-01-11 | 1998-03-17 | Medtronic, Inc. | Catheter and electrical lead location system |
WO1997029679A2 (en) | 1996-02-15 | 1997-08-21 | Biosense Inc. | Precise position determination of endoscopes |
CA2246287C (en) | 1996-02-15 | 2006-10-24 | Biosense, Inc. | Medical procedures and apparatus using intrabody probes |
AU720441B2 (en) | 1996-02-15 | 2000-06-01 | Biosense, Inc. | Catheter with lumen |
US5828770A (en) | 1996-02-20 | 1998-10-27 | Northern Digital Inc. | System for determining the spatial position and angular orientation of an object |
US5769843A (en) | 1996-02-20 | 1998-06-23 | Cormedica | Percutaneous endomyocardial revascularization |
JP4141500B2 (en) | 1996-02-27 | 2008-08-27 | バイオセンス・ウェブスター・インコーポレイテッド | Positioning device and operation method thereof |
US5735278A (en) | 1996-03-15 | 1998-04-07 | National Research Council Of Canada | Surgical procedure with magnetic resonance imaging |
US5727553A (en) | 1996-03-25 | 1998-03-17 | Saad; Saad A. | Catheter with integral electromagnetic location identification device |
US5868749A (en) | 1996-04-05 | 1999-02-09 | Reed; Thomas M. | Fixation devices |
US5988862A (en) | 1996-04-24 | 1999-11-23 | Cyra Technologies, Inc. | Integrated system for quickly and accurately imaging and modeling three dimensional objects |
US5782765A (en) | 1996-04-25 | 1998-07-21 | Medtronic, Inc. | Medical positioning system |
JPH09294720A (en) | 1996-04-30 | 1997-11-18 | Nikon Corp | Ophthalmologic instrument |
AUPN958296A0 (en) | 1996-05-01 | 1996-05-23 | Golden Circle Limited | Novel acc synthase genes from pineapple |
US5799055A (en) | 1996-05-15 | 1998-08-25 | Northwestern University | Apparatus and method for planning a stereotactic surgical procedure using coordinated fluoroscopy |
US5767699A (en) | 1996-05-28 | 1998-06-16 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Fully complementary differential output driver for high speed digital communications |
US5742394A (en) | 1996-06-14 | 1998-04-21 | Ascension Technology Corporation | Optical 6D measurement system with two fan shaped beams rotating around one axis |
US5767669A (en) | 1996-06-14 | 1998-06-16 | Ascension Technology Corporation | Magnetic field position and orientation measurement system with dynamic eddy current rejection |
US5767960A (en) | 1996-06-14 | 1998-06-16 | Ascension Technology Corporation | Optical 6D measurement system with three fan-shaped beams rotating around one axis |
US5775322A (en) | 1996-06-27 | 1998-07-07 | Lucent Medical Systems, Inc. | Tracheal tube and methods related thereto |
US6167296A (en) | 1996-06-28 | 2000-12-26 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Method for volumetric image navigation |
IL118784A (en) | 1996-07-03 | 1999-04-11 | Eliav Medical Imaging Systems | Method and apparatus for processing images for removal of artifacts |
US5823192A (en) | 1996-07-31 | 1998-10-20 | University Of Pittsburgh Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education | Apparatus for automatically positioning a patient for treatment/diagnoses |
US5820553A (en) | 1996-08-16 | 1998-10-13 | Siemens Medical Systems, Inc. | Identification system and method for radiation therapy |
US5744953A (en) | 1996-08-29 | 1998-04-28 | Ascension Technology Corporation | Magnetic motion tracker with transmitter placed on tracked object |
US5831260A (en) | 1996-09-10 | 1998-11-03 | Ascension Technology Corporation | Hybrid motion tracker |
US7194117B2 (en) | 1999-06-29 | 2007-03-20 | The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York | System and method for performing a three-dimensional virtual examination of objects, such as internal organs |
US5951571A (en) | 1996-09-19 | 1999-09-14 | Surgical Navigation Specialist Inc. | Method and apparatus for correlating a body with an image of the body |
DE19639924C1 (en) | 1996-09-27 | 1998-04-30 | Siemens Ag | Thermally insulating material transparent to high-frequency signals for magnetic resonance diagnosis |
US5980535A (en) | 1996-09-30 | 1999-11-09 | Picker International, Inc. | Apparatus for anatomical tracking |
US6423009B1 (en) | 1996-11-29 | 2002-07-23 | Life Imaging Systems, Inc. | System, employing three-dimensional ultrasonographic imaging, for assisting in guiding and placing medical instruments |
US5810008A (en) | 1996-12-03 | 1998-09-22 | Isg Technologies Inc. | Apparatus and method for visualizing ultrasonic images |
RU2127075C1 (en) | 1996-12-11 | 1999-03-10 | Корженевский Александр Владимирович | Method for producing tomographic image of body and electrical-impedance tomographic scanner |
WO1998029033A1 (en) | 1997-01-03 | 1998-07-09 | Biosense, Inc. | Bend-responsive catheter |
US6122538A (en) | 1997-01-16 | 2000-09-19 | Acuson Corporation | Motion--Monitoring method and system for medical devices |
US5935160A (en) | 1997-01-24 | 1999-08-10 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Left ventricular access lead for heart failure pacing |
DE19703556A1 (en) | 1997-01-31 | 1998-08-06 | Philips Patentverwaltung | Method and arrangement for determining the position in X-ray imaging |
US5954796A (en) | 1997-02-11 | 1999-09-21 | Compaq Computer Corporation | System and method for automatically and dynamically changing an address associated with a device disposed in a fire channel environment |
US6314310B1 (en) | 1997-02-14 | 2001-11-06 | Biosense, Inc. | X-ray guided surgical location system with extended mapping volume |
US5928248A (en) | 1997-02-14 | 1999-07-27 | Biosense, Inc. | Guided deployment of stents |
US6006127A (en) | 1997-02-28 | 1999-12-21 | U.S. Philips Corporation | Image-guided surgery system |
US6152946A (en) | 1998-03-05 | 2000-11-28 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Distal protection device and method |
US6019725A (en) | 1997-03-07 | 2000-02-01 | Sonometrics Corporation | Three-dimensional tracking and imaging system |
US5921992A (en) | 1997-04-11 | 1999-07-13 | Radionics, Inc. | Method and system for frameless tool calibration |
DE19751761B4 (en) | 1997-04-11 | 2006-06-22 | Brainlab Ag | System and method for currently accurate detection of treatment targets |
DE19715202B4 (en) | 1997-04-11 | 2006-02-02 | Brainlab Ag | Referencing device with a mouthpiece |
US6050267A (en) | 1997-04-28 | 2000-04-18 | American Cardiac Ablation Co. Inc. | Catheter positioning system |
US5944022A (en) | 1997-04-28 | 1999-08-31 | American Cardiac Ablation Co. Inc. | Catheter positioning system |
US5834759A (en) | 1997-05-22 | 1998-11-10 | Glossop; Neil David | Tracking device having emitter groups with different emitting directions |
US5907395A (en) | 1997-06-06 | 1999-05-25 | Image Guided Technologies, Inc. | Optical fiber probe for position measurement |
GB9713018D0 (en) | 1997-06-20 | 1997-08-27 | Secr Defence | Optical fibre bend sensor |
CA2240776C (en) | 1997-07-18 | 2006-01-10 | Image Guided Technologies, Inc. | Improved optical tracking system |
AU8600598A (en) | 1997-07-31 | 1999-02-22 | Case Western Reserve University | Electrolphysiological cardiac mapping system based on a non-contact non-expandable miniature multi-electrode catheter and method therefor |
US6490474B1 (en) | 1997-08-01 | 2002-12-03 | Cardiac Pathways Corporation | System and method for electrode localization using ultrasound |
DE69837826T2 (en) | 1997-09-05 | 2008-01-31 | Biosense Webster, Inc., Diamond Bar | Controllable catheter for detection and revascularization of myocardial ischemic tissues |
US6096050A (en) | 1997-09-19 | 2000-08-01 | Surgical Navigation Specialist Inc. | Method and apparatus for correlating a body with an image of the body |
US6183444B1 (en) | 1998-05-16 | 2001-02-06 | Microheart, Inc. | Drug delivery module |
US5951475A (en) | 1997-09-25 | 1999-09-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Methods and apparatus for registering CT-scan data to multiple fluoroscopic images |
US5987960A (en) | 1997-09-26 | 1999-11-23 | Picker International, Inc. | Tool calibrator |
US5999837A (en) | 1997-09-26 | 1999-12-07 | Picker International, Inc. | Localizing and orienting probe for view devices |
DE69738156T2 (en) | 1997-09-27 | 2008-06-12 | Brainlab Ag | Method and device for taking a three-dimensional image of a body part |
US5923727A (en) | 1997-09-30 | 1999-07-13 | Siemens Corporate Research, Inc. | Method and apparatus for calibrating an intra-operative X-ray system |
US5978696A (en) | 1997-10-06 | 1999-11-02 | General Electric Company | Real-time image-guided placement of anchor devices |
US6201387B1 (en) | 1997-10-07 | 2001-03-13 | Biosense, Inc. | Miniaturized position sensor having photolithographic coils for tracking a medical probe |
DE19746092C2 (en) | 1997-10-17 | 2002-09-05 | Siemens Ag | X-ray imaging device for 3D imaging |
US6147480A (en) | 1997-10-23 | 2000-11-14 | Biosense, Inc. | Detection of metal disturbance |
US5882304A (en) | 1997-10-27 | 1999-03-16 | Picker Nordstar Corporation | Method and apparatus for determining probe location |
DE19747427C2 (en) | 1997-10-28 | 1999-12-09 | Zeiss Carl Fa | Device for bone segment navigation |
GB2331807B (en) | 1997-11-15 | 2002-05-29 | Roke Manor Research | Catheter tracking system |
US6104944A (en) | 1997-11-17 | 2000-08-15 | Martinelli; Michael A. | System and method for navigating a multiple electrode catheter |
US6149592A (en) | 1997-11-26 | 2000-11-21 | Picker International, Inc. | Integrated fluoroscopic projection image data, volumetric image data, and surgical device position data |
US5938603A (en) | 1997-12-01 | 1999-08-17 | Cordis Webster, Inc. | Steerable catheter with electromagnetic sensor |
US5967982A (en) | 1997-12-09 | 1999-10-19 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Non-invasive spine and bone registration for frameless stereotaxy |
US6073043A (en) | 1997-12-22 | 2000-06-06 | Cormedica Corporation | Measuring position and orientation using magnetic fields |
US6207111B1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2001-03-27 | Pem Technologies, Inc. | System for describing the physical distribution of an agent in a patient |
DE69835422T2 (en) | 1998-01-22 | 2006-12-21 | Biosense Webster, Inc., Diamond Bar | MEASUREMENT IN THE BODY'S INSIDE |
US7749215B1 (en) | 1998-02-05 | 2010-07-06 | Biosense, Inc. | Intracardiac cell delivery and cell transplantation |
US6106460A (en) | 1998-03-26 | 2000-08-22 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Interface for controlling the display of images of diagnostic or therapeutic instruments in interior body regions and related data |
WO1999049783A1 (en) | 1998-03-30 | 1999-10-07 | Biosense Inc. | Three-axis coil sensor |
US6301498B1 (en) | 1998-04-17 | 2001-10-09 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Method of determining carotid artery stenosis using X-ray imagery |
US6273896B1 (en) | 1998-04-21 | 2001-08-14 | Neutar, Llc | Removable frames for stereotactic localization |
US6298262B1 (en) | 1998-04-21 | 2001-10-02 | Neutar, Llc | Instrument guidance for stereotactic surgery |
US6493575B1 (en) | 1998-06-04 | 2002-12-10 | Randy J. Kesten | Fluoroscopic tracking enhanced intraventricular catheter system |
US6118845A (en) | 1998-06-29 | 2000-09-12 | Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. | System and methods for the reduction and elimination of image artifacts in the calibration of X-ray imagers |
US7263397B2 (en) | 1998-06-30 | 2007-08-28 | St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. | Method and apparatus for catheter navigation and location and mapping in the heart |
DE19829224B4 (en) | 1998-06-30 | 2005-12-15 | Brainlab Ag | Method for localizing treatment goals in the area of soft body parts |
US6447504B1 (en) | 1998-07-02 | 2002-09-10 | Biosense, Inc. | System for treatment of heart tissue using viability map |
JP2003524443A (en) | 1998-08-02 | 2003-08-19 | スーパー ディメンション リミテッド | Medical guidance device |
US6950689B1 (en) | 1998-08-03 | 2005-09-27 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Dynamically alterable three-dimensional graphical model of a body region |
US6196230B1 (en) | 1998-09-10 | 2001-03-06 | Percardia, Inc. | Stent delivery system and method of use |
IL126333A0 (en) | 1998-09-24 | 1999-05-09 | Super Dimension Ltd | System and method of recording and displaying in context of an image a location of at least one point-of-interest in body during an intra-body medical procedure |
US20030074011A1 (en) | 1998-09-24 | 2003-04-17 | Super Dimension Ltd. | System and method of recording and displaying in context of an image a location of at least one point-of-interest in a body during an intra-body medical procedure |
JP2002526188A (en) | 1998-09-24 | 2002-08-20 | スーパー ディメンション リミテッド | System and method for determining the position of a catheter during a medical procedure inside the body |
US6701176B1 (en) | 1998-11-04 | 2004-03-02 | Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine | Magnetic-resonance-guided imaging, electrophysiology, and ablation |
US6611141B1 (en) | 1998-12-23 | 2003-08-26 | Howmedica Leibinger Inc | Hybrid 3-D probe tracked by multiple sensors |
US6285902B1 (en) | 1999-02-10 | 2001-09-04 | Surgical Insights, Inc. | Computer assisted targeting device for use in orthopaedic surgery |
US6122552A (en) | 1999-03-03 | 2000-09-19 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Insertion apparatus for left ventricular access lead |
US6470207B1 (en) | 1999-03-23 | 2002-10-22 | Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. | Navigational guidance via computer-assisted fluoroscopic imaging |
DE19917867B4 (en) | 1999-04-20 | 2005-04-21 | Brainlab Ag | Method and device for image support in the treatment of treatment objectives with integration of X-ray detection and navigation system |
EP3369453B1 (en) | 1999-05-11 | 2020-03-18 | Atrionix, Inc. | Medical device positioning system including a balloon anchor wire |
US6233476B1 (en) | 1999-05-18 | 2001-05-15 | Mediguide Ltd. | Medical positioning system |
US7343195B2 (en) | 1999-05-18 | 2008-03-11 | Mediguide Ltd. | Method and apparatus for real time quantitative three-dimensional image reconstruction of a moving organ and intra-body navigation |
US6898302B1 (en) | 1999-05-21 | 2005-05-24 | Emory University | Systems, methods and computer program products for the display and visually driven definition of tomographic image planes in three-dimensional space |
US6192280B1 (en) | 1999-06-02 | 2001-02-20 | Medtronic, Inc. | Guidewire placed implantable lead with tip seal |
AU6953300A (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2001-01-22 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Endocardial electrode assembly having conductive fixation features |
US6246231B1 (en) | 1999-07-29 | 2001-06-12 | Ascension Technology Corporation | Magnetic field permeable barrier for magnetic position measurement system |
US6213995B1 (en) | 1999-08-31 | 2001-04-10 | Phelps Dodge High Performance Conductors Of Sc And Ga, Inc. | Flexible tubing with braided signal transmission elements |
SE9903205D0 (en) | 1999-09-09 | 1999-09-09 | Pacesetter Ab | Pacemaker |
US6330356B1 (en) | 1999-09-29 | 2001-12-11 | Rockwell Science Center Llc | Dynamic visual registration of a 3-D object with a graphical model |
US6256121B1 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2001-07-03 | Nanovia, Lp | Apparatus for ablating high-density array of vias or indentation in surface of object |
US6493573B1 (en) | 1999-10-28 | 2002-12-10 | Winchester Development Associates | Method and system for navigating a catheter probe in the presence of field-influencing objects |
US6381485B1 (en) | 1999-10-28 | 2002-04-30 | Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. | Registration of human anatomy integrated for electromagnetic localization |
US8239001B2 (en) | 2003-10-17 | 2012-08-07 | Medtronic Navigation, Inc. | Method and apparatus for surgical navigation |
US6499488B1 (en) | 1999-10-28 | 2002-12-31 | Winchester Development Associates | Surgical sensor |
US6379302B1 (en) | 1999-10-28 | 2002-04-30 | Surgical Navigation Technologies Inc. | Navigation information overlay onto ultrasound imagery |
US6474341B1 (en) | 1999-10-28 | 2002-11-05 | Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. | Surgical communication and power system |
US6701179B1 (en) | 1999-10-28 | 2004-03-02 | Michael A. Martinelli | Coil structures and methods for generating magnetic fields |
DE19953177A1 (en) | 1999-11-04 | 2001-06-21 | Brainlab Ag | Method to position patient exactly for radiation therapy or surgery; involves comparing positions in landmarks in X-ray image and reconstructed image date, to determine positioning errors |
DE19956814B4 (en) | 1999-11-25 | 2004-07-15 | Brainlab Ag | Shape detection of treatment devices |
US6437567B1 (en) | 1999-12-06 | 2002-08-20 | General Electric Company | Radio frequency coil for open magnetic resonance imaging system |
US6611700B1 (en) | 1999-12-30 | 2003-08-26 | Brainlab Ag | Method and apparatus for positioning a body for radiation using a position sensor |
WO2001054579A1 (en) | 2000-01-10 | 2001-08-02 | Super Dimension Ltd. | Methods and systems for performing medical procedures with reference to projective images and with respect to pre-stored images |
DE10000937B4 (en) | 2000-01-12 | 2006-02-23 | Brainlab Ag | Intraoperative navigation update |
US8221402B2 (en) | 2000-01-19 | 2012-07-17 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method for guiding a medical device |
US6892091B1 (en) | 2000-02-18 | 2005-05-10 | Biosense, Inc. | Catheter, method and apparatus for generating an electrical map of a chamber of the heart |
US6725080B2 (en) | 2000-03-01 | 2004-04-20 | Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. | Multiple cannula image guided tool for image guided procedures |
DE10011790B4 (en) | 2000-03-13 | 2005-07-14 | Siemens Ag | Medical instrument for insertion into an examination subject, and medical examination or treatment device |
US7047753B2 (en) | 2000-03-14 | 2006-05-23 | Hussmann Corporation | Refrigeration system and method of operating the same |
US6484049B1 (en) | 2000-04-28 | 2002-11-19 | Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company, Llc | Fluoroscopic tracking and visualization system |
US7261565B2 (en) | 2000-05-19 | 2007-08-28 | Simbionix Ltd. | Endoscopic tutorial system for the pancreatic system |
US6602271B2 (en) | 2000-05-24 | 2003-08-05 | Medtronic Ave, Inc. | Collapsible blood filter with optimal braid geometry |
AU2001275511A1 (en) | 2000-06-07 | 2001-12-17 | Stereotaxis, Inc. | Guide for medical devices |
US6478802B2 (en) | 2000-06-09 | 2002-11-12 | Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company, Llc | Method and apparatus for display of an image guided drill bit |
US6546270B1 (en) | 2000-07-07 | 2003-04-08 | Biosense, Inc. | Multi-electrode catheter, system and method |
US6569160B1 (en) | 2000-07-07 | 2003-05-27 | Biosense, Inc. | System and method for detecting electrode-tissue contact |
US20020097806A1 (en) | 2000-08-11 | 2002-07-25 | Wang Chih-Fei J. | Baseband I and Q converter and method for performing baseband I and Q conversion |
US6714806B2 (en) | 2000-09-20 | 2004-03-30 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for determining tissue contact of an implantable medical device within a body |
WO2002024051A2 (en) | 2000-09-23 | 2002-03-28 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Endoscopic targeting method and system |
EP1190676B1 (en) | 2000-09-26 | 2003-08-13 | BrainLAB AG | Device for determining the position of a cutting guide |
SE0004240D0 (en) | 2000-11-17 | 2000-11-17 | St Jude Medical | A cardiac stimulating device |
US20020077568A1 (en) | 2000-11-22 | 2002-06-20 | Haddock Thomas F. | Biological vessel volume measurement method and apparatus utilizing micro accelerometer |
EP1341579B1 (en) | 2000-12-07 | 2006-11-29 | Medtronic, Inc. | Directional brain stimulation and recording leads |
EP1219260B1 (en) | 2000-12-19 | 2003-06-25 | BrainLAB AG | Method and device for dental treatment assisted by a navigation system |
US20020111662A1 (en) | 2001-02-09 | 2002-08-15 | Iaizzo Paul A. | System and method for placing an implantable medical device within a body |
US6766203B2 (en) | 2001-04-05 | 2004-07-20 | Pacesetter, Inc. | Body implantable lead with improved tip electrode assembly |
ES2194809T3 (en) | 2001-05-22 | 2003-12-01 | Brainlab Ag | DEVICE FOR RECORDING RADIOGRAPHIC IMAGES WITH A MEDICAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM. |
US6771996B2 (en) | 2001-05-24 | 2004-08-03 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Ablation and high-resolution mapping catheter system for pulmonary vein foci elimination |
US20020198520A1 (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2002-12-26 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Irrigation sheath |
IL145445A (en) | 2001-09-13 | 2006-12-31 | Conmed Corp | Signal processing method and device for signal-to-noise improvement |
EP1306050B1 (en) | 2001-10-24 | 2004-05-19 | BrainLAB AG | Microprobe with navigation system |
US6895267B2 (en) | 2001-10-24 | 2005-05-17 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for guiding and locating functional elements on medical devices positioned in a body |
DE10162508A1 (en) | 2001-12-19 | 2003-07-03 | Biotronik Mess & Therapieg | Epicardial lead, insertion catheter for such and electrode implantation set |
US6892095B2 (en) | 2001-12-31 | 2005-05-10 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Method and apparatus for monitoring left ventricular work or power |
AU2003218182B2 (en) | 2002-03-14 | 2008-12-18 | Netkisr Inc. | System and method for analyzing and displaying computed tomography data |
US20030225434A1 (en) | 2002-05-30 | 2003-12-04 | Jerald Glantz | Microcatheter |
US7477763B2 (en) | 2002-06-18 | 2009-01-13 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Computer generated representation of the imaging pattern of an imaging device |
US6892090B2 (en) | 2002-08-19 | 2005-05-10 | Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for virtual endoscopy |
US20040044295A1 (en) | 2002-08-19 | 2004-03-04 | Orthosoft Inc. | Graphical user interface for computer-assisted surgery |
US7089045B2 (en) | 2002-08-30 | 2006-08-08 | Biosense Webster, Inc. | Catheter and method for mapping Purkinje fibers |
DE10240727A1 (en) | 2002-09-04 | 2004-03-18 | Philips Intellectual Property & Standards Gmbh | Imaging system and method for optimizing an x-ray image |
US7082335B2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2006-07-25 | Medtronic, Inc. | Multipolar pacing method and apparatus |
SE0202882D0 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2002-09-30 | St Jude Medical | An Implantable Heart Stimulator |
US7103418B2 (en) | 2002-10-02 | 2006-09-05 | Medtronic, Inc. | Active fluid delivery catheter |
US6825838B2 (en) | 2002-10-11 | 2004-11-30 | Sonocine, Inc. | 3D modeling system |
US7697972B2 (en) | 2002-11-19 | 2010-04-13 | Medtronic Navigation, Inc. | Navigation system for cardiac therapies |
US7130700B2 (en) | 2002-11-19 | 2006-10-31 | Medtronic, Inc. | Multilumen body for an implantable medical device |
DE10256007A1 (en) | 2002-11-30 | 2004-06-09 | Philips Intellectual Property & Standards Gmbh | A catheter assembly |
US20040162599A1 (en) | 2003-02-13 | 2004-08-19 | Kurth Paul A. | Temporarily secured guidewire and catheter for use in the coronary venous system and method of using the same |
JP2004251779A (en) | 2003-02-20 | 2004-09-09 | Fuji Photo Optical Co Ltd | Three-dimensional shape detector for long flexible member |
US6888623B2 (en) | 2003-02-26 | 2005-05-03 | Dynamic Technology, Inc. | Fiber optic sensor for precision 3-D position measurement |
US7509172B2 (en) | 2003-04-23 | 2009-03-24 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Stabilizing guide wire apparatus for use with implantable device |
US7570791B2 (en) | 2003-04-25 | 2009-08-04 | Medtronic Navigation, Inc. | Method and apparatus for performing 2D to 3D registration |
US7154985B2 (en) | 2003-05-13 | 2006-12-26 | Medical Insight A/S | Method and system for simulating X-ray images |
US20040249430A1 (en) | 2003-06-03 | 2004-12-09 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical electrical lead |
US20040249281A1 (en) | 2003-06-09 | 2004-12-09 | Bjorn Olstad | Method and apparatus for extracting wall function information relative to ultrasound-located landmarks |
US7215810B2 (en) | 2003-07-23 | 2007-05-08 | Orametrix, Inc. | Method for creating single 3D surface model from a point cloud |
US7207989B2 (en) | 2003-10-27 | 2007-04-24 | Biosense Webster, Inc. | Method for ablating with needle electrode |
JP2007537771A (en) | 2003-11-03 | 2007-12-27 | ブラッコ イメージング エス.ピー.エー. | System and method for luminal tissue screening |
US7369901B1 (en) | 2004-02-11 | 2008-05-06 | Pacesetter, Inc. | Myocardial lead and lead system |
US9615772B2 (en) | 2004-02-20 | 2017-04-11 | Karl Storz Imaging, Inc. | Global endoscopic viewing indicator |
WO2005112836A2 (en) | 2004-05-18 | 2005-12-01 | Johns Hopkins University | Interventional devices for chronic total occlusion recanalization under mri guidance |
US7850610B2 (en) | 2004-06-28 | 2010-12-14 | Medtronic, Inc. | Electrode location mapping system and method |
US7702379B2 (en) | 2004-08-25 | 2010-04-20 | General Electric Company | System and method for hybrid tracking in surgical navigation |
US7877149B2 (en) | 2004-09-02 | 2011-01-25 | Proteus Biomedical Inc. | Electrical angle gauge |
JP4560359B2 (en) | 2004-09-13 | 2010-10-13 | オリンパス株式会社 | Position detection apparatus, in-subject introduction system, and position detection method |
CA2581009C (en) * | 2004-09-15 | 2011-10-04 | Synthes (U.S.A.) | Calibrating device |
US7936392B2 (en) | 2004-10-01 | 2011-05-03 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Imaging arrangements and methods therefor |
US20080058656A1 (en) | 2004-10-08 | 2008-03-06 | Costello Benedict J | Electric tomography |
JP2008515548A (en) | 2004-10-08 | 2008-05-15 | プロテウス バイオメディカル インコーポレイテッド | Continuous field tomography |
US20090226065A1 (en) | 2004-10-09 | 2009-09-10 | Dongqing Chen | Sampling medical images for virtual histology |
EP1827573B1 (en) | 2004-11-02 | 2013-04-24 | St. Jude Medical AB | Device for evaluating positions of an implantable medical device |
US20060116576A1 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2006-06-01 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | System and use thereof to provide indication of proximity between catheter and location of interest in 3-D space |
EP1848380B1 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2015-04-15 | Össur hf | Systems and methods for processing limb motion |
WO2006068566A1 (en) | 2004-12-23 | 2006-06-29 | St. Jude Medical Ab | Medical device |
US7715604B2 (en) | 2005-01-18 | 2010-05-11 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | System and method for automatically registering three dimensional cardiac images with electro-anatomical cardiac mapping data |
US20060173268A1 (en) | 2005-01-28 | 2006-08-03 | General Electric Company | Methods and systems for controlling acquisition of images |
US8182433B2 (en) | 2005-03-04 | 2012-05-22 | Endosense Sa | Medical apparatus system having optical fiber load sensing capability |
US8150111B2 (en) | 2005-03-15 | 2012-04-03 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Methods, systems, and computer program products for processing three-dimensional image data to render an image from a viewpoint within or beyond an occluding region of the image data |
JP4653542B2 (en) | 2005-04-06 | 2011-03-16 | 株式会社東芝 | Image processing device |
US7706860B2 (en) | 2005-04-28 | 2010-04-27 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Automated manipulation of imaging device field of view based on tracked medical device position |
US8700128B2 (en) | 2005-05-03 | 2014-04-15 | Paieon Inc. | Method and apparatus for positioning a biventrivular pacemaker lead and electrode |
WO2006121916A1 (en) | 2005-05-05 | 2006-11-16 | Boston Scientific Limited | Preshaped localization catheter and system for graphically reconstructing pulmonary vein ostia |
US7848787B2 (en) | 2005-07-08 | 2010-12-07 | Biosense Webster, Inc. | Relative impedance measurement |
US7844348B2 (en) | 2005-08-09 | 2010-11-30 | Greatbatch Ltd. | Fiber optic assisted medical lead |
US7765014B2 (en) | 2005-08-16 | 2010-07-27 | Medtronic, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for delivering transvenous leads |
US20070049817A1 (en) | 2005-08-30 | 2007-03-01 | Assaf Preiss | Segmentation and registration of multimodal images using physiological data |
US20070046661A1 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Three or four-dimensional medical imaging navigation methods and systems |
WO2007033379A2 (en) | 2005-09-14 | 2007-03-22 | Neoguide Systems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for performing transluminal and other procedures |
DE102005045093A1 (en) | 2005-09-21 | 2007-04-05 | Siemens Ag | Method for localizing a medical instrument inserted into the body of a test object |
EP1928337B1 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2012-11-21 | Corindus Inc. | Apparatus for treatment of hollow organs |
US7328071B1 (en) | 2005-10-12 | 2008-02-05 | Pacesetter, Inc. | Lead placement device |
US7421300B2 (en) | 2005-10-31 | 2008-09-02 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantation of medical device with measurement of body surface potential |
US8204586B2 (en) | 2005-11-22 | 2012-06-19 | Proteus Biomedical, Inc. | External continuous field tomography |
US8303505B2 (en) | 2005-12-02 | 2012-11-06 | Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for image guided medical procedures |
EP1966466B1 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2012-04-11 | LG Chem, Ltd. | Apparatus for separating oil from blow-by gas of engine |
US7930065B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2011-04-19 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Robotic surgery system including position sensors using fiber bragg gratings |
US7957789B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2011-06-07 | Medtronic, Inc. | Therapy delivery system including a navigation element |
US7908005B2 (en) | 2006-03-27 | 2011-03-15 | St. Jude Medical Ab | Medical system for monitoring and localization of electrode leads in the heart |
EP1857069B1 (en) * | 2006-05-16 | 2008-11-12 | BrainLAB AG | Medical hip positioning and tracking device |
US7988639B2 (en) | 2006-05-17 | 2011-08-02 | St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. | System and method for complex geometry modeling of anatomy using multiple surface models |
US7570986B2 (en) | 2006-05-17 | 2009-08-04 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Health And Human Services | Teniae coli guided navigation and registration for virtual colonoscopy |
GB2452872B (en) | 2006-05-19 | 2011-02-02 | Exxonmobil Upstream Res Co | Determining orientatation for seafloor electromagnetic receive |
US7729752B2 (en) | 2006-06-13 | 2010-06-01 | Rhythmia Medical, Inc. | Non-contact cardiac mapping, including resolution map |
US7505810B2 (en) | 2006-06-13 | 2009-03-17 | Rhythmia Medical, Inc. | Non-contact cardiac mapping, including preprocessing |
US7515954B2 (en) | 2006-06-13 | 2009-04-07 | Rhythmia Medical, Inc. | Non-contact cardiac mapping, including moving catheter and multi-beat integration |
US20070299334A1 (en) * | 2006-06-16 | 2007-12-27 | Stefan Vilsmeier | Medical instrument with a touch-sensitive tip and light emission source |
DE102006037284B4 (en) | 2006-08-09 | 2015-11-26 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method and device for displaying myocardial tissues of different damage states |
US8248413B2 (en) | 2006-09-18 | 2012-08-21 | Stryker Corporation | Visual navigation system for endoscopic surgery |
US20080123910A1 (en) | 2006-09-19 | 2008-05-29 | Bracco Imaging Spa | Method and system for providing accuracy evaluation of image guided surgery |
JP5475453B2 (en) | 2006-09-26 | 2014-04-16 | サピエンス ステアリング ブレイン スティムレーション ベー ヴィ | Tissue stimulator |
US7853058B2 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2010-12-14 | Toshiba Medical Visualization Systems Europe, Limited | Determining a viewpoint for navigating a virtual camera through a biological object with a lumen |
US7676268B2 (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2010-03-09 | Medtronic, Inc. | Medical methods and systems incorporating wireless monitoring |
US7941213B2 (en) | 2006-12-28 | 2011-05-10 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method to evaluate electrode position and spacing |
WO2008108901A1 (en) | 2006-12-28 | 2008-09-12 | Medtronic, Inc | Chronically-implantable active fixation medical electrical leads and related methods for non-fluoroscopic implantation |
US8265745B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2012-09-11 | St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibillation Division, Inc. | Contact sensor and sheath exit sensor |
US8672836B2 (en) | 2007-01-31 | 2014-03-18 | The Penn State Research Foundation | Method and apparatus for continuous guidance of endoscopy |
US10433929B2 (en) | 2007-03-09 | 2019-10-08 | St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. | System and method for local deformable registration of a catheter navigation system to image data or a model |
US9549689B2 (en) | 2007-03-09 | 2017-01-24 | St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. | System and method for correction of inhomogeneous fields |
US8480653B2 (en) | 2007-05-23 | 2013-07-09 | Biosense Webster, Inc. | Magnetically guided catheter with concentric needle port |
US8145306B2 (en) | 2007-10-15 | 2012-03-27 | Lessmeier Timothy J | Method for optimizing CRT therapy |
US8208533B2 (en) | 2007-11-15 | 2012-06-26 | Mediatek Inc. | Methods and apparatus for fast signal acquisition in a digital video receiver |
US7811623B2 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2010-10-12 | Innovatech, Llc | Marked precoated medical device and method of manufacturing same |
US8180438B2 (en) | 2008-01-30 | 2012-05-15 | Greatbatch Ltd. | Minimally invasive physiologic parameter recorder and introducer system |
US8219179B2 (en) | 2008-03-06 | 2012-07-10 | Vida Diagnostics, Inc. | Systems and methods for navigation within a branched structure of a body |
US8538509B2 (en) | 2008-04-02 | 2013-09-17 | Rhythmia Medical, Inc. | Intracardiac tracking system |
US20090253985A1 (en) | 2008-04-07 | 2009-10-08 | Magnetecs, Inc. | Apparatus and method for lorentz-active sheath display and control of surgical tools |
US8340751B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2012-12-25 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and apparatus for determining tracking a virtual point defined relative to a tracked member |
US8457371B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2013-06-04 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Method and apparatus for mapping a structure |
US8663120B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2014-03-04 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Method and apparatus for mapping a structure |
CN102056537B (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2014-12-10 | 美敦力公司 | Method and apparatus for mapping a structure |
WO2009129475A1 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and apparatus for mapping a structure |
US8494608B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2013-07-23 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and apparatus for mapping a structure |
US8839798B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2014-09-23 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for determining sheath location |
US9579161B2 (en) | 2008-05-06 | 2017-02-28 | Medtronic Navigation, Inc. | Method and apparatus for tracking a patient |
US8019409B2 (en) | 2008-06-09 | 2011-09-13 | Pacesetter, Inc. | Cardiac resynchronization therapy optimization using electromechanical delay from realtime electrode motion tracking |
US20100030063A1 (en) | 2008-07-31 | 2010-02-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for tracking an instrument |
US20100030061A1 (en) | 2008-07-31 | 2010-02-04 | Canfield Monte R | Navigation system for cardiac therapies using gating |
US8175681B2 (en) | 2008-12-16 | 2012-05-08 | Medtronic Navigation Inc. | Combination of electromagnetic and electropotential localization |
KR100996826B1 (en) * | 2008-12-31 | 2010-11-26 | 주식회사 사이버메드 | Method of calibrating an instrument used in surgical navigation system |
US8494614B2 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2013-07-23 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Combination localization system |
US8494613B2 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2013-07-23 | Medtronic, Inc. | Combination localization system |
US8355774B2 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2013-01-15 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method to evaluate electrode position and spacing |
KR102641049B1 (en) | 2017-08-10 | 2024-02-27 | 다나카 기킨조쿠 고교 가부시키가이샤 | High strength/highly conductive copper alloy plate material and method for producing same |
-
2010
- 2010-07-27 US US12/844,061 patent/US8494613B2/en active Active
- 2010-08-20 WO PCT/US2010/046066 patent/WO2011025708A2/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (103)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3073310A (en) * | 1957-08-05 | 1963-01-15 | Zenon R Mocarski | Surgical instrument positioning device |
US3016899A (en) * | 1958-11-03 | 1962-01-16 | Carl B Stenvall | Surgical instrument |
US3017887A (en) * | 1960-01-19 | 1962-01-23 | William T Heyer | Stereotaxy device |
US3367326A (en) * | 1965-06-15 | 1968-02-06 | Calvin H. Frazier | Intra spinal fixation rod |
US3644825A (en) * | 1969-12-31 | 1972-02-22 | Texas Instruments Inc | Magnetic detection system for detecting movement of an object utilizing signals derived from two orthogonal pickup coils |
US3868565A (en) * | 1973-07-30 | 1975-02-25 | Jack Kuipers | Object tracking and orientation determination means, system and process |
US4182312A (en) * | 1977-05-20 | 1980-01-08 | Mushabac David R | Dental probe |
US4314251A (en) * | 1979-07-30 | 1982-02-02 | The Austin Company | Remote object position and orientation locater |
US4317078A (en) * | 1979-10-15 | 1982-02-23 | Ohio State University Research Foundation | Remote position and orientation detection employing magnetic flux linkage |
US4368536A (en) * | 1979-12-17 | 1983-01-11 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Diagnostic radiology apparatus for producing layer images |
US4638798A (en) * | 1980-09-10 | 1987-01-27 | Shelden C Hunter | Stereotactic method and apparatus for locating and treating or removing lesions |
US4431005A (en) * | 1981-05-07 | 1984-02-14 | Mccormick Laboratories, Inc. | Method of and apparatus for determining very accurately the position of a device inside biological tissue |
US4645343A (en) * | 1981-11-11 | 1987-02-24 | U.S. Philips Corporation | Atomic resonance line source lamps and spectrophotometers for use with such lamps |
US4727565A (en) * | 1983-11-14 | 1988-02-23 | Ericson Bjoern E | Method of localization |
US4571834A (en) * | 1984-02-17 | 1986-02-25 | Orthotronics Limited Partnership | Knee laxity evaluator and motion module/digitizer arrangement |
US4642786A (en) * | 1984-05-25 | 1987-02-10 | Position Orientation Systems, Ltd. | Method and apparatus for position and orientation measurement using a magnetic field and retransmission |
US4801297A (en) * | 1984-06-01 | 1989-01-31 | Edward Weck Incorporated | Catheter having slit tip |
US4572198A (en) * | 1984-06-18 | 1986-02-25 | Varian Associates, Inc. | Catheter for use with NMR imaging systems |
US4722336A (en) * | 1985-01-25 | 1988-02-02 | Michael Kim | Placement guide |
US4805615A (en) * | 1985-07-02 | 1989-02-21 | Carol Mark P | Method and apparatus for performing stereotactic surgery |
US4719419A (en) * | 1985-07-15 | 1988-01-12 | Harris Graphics Corporation | Apparatus for detecting a rotary position of a shaft |
US4803976A (en) * | 1985-10-03 | 1989-02-14 | Synthes | Sighting instrument |
US4722056A (en) * | 1986-02-18 | 1988-01-26 | Trustees Of Dartmouth College | Reference display systems for superimposing a tomagraphic image onto the focal plane of an operating microscope |
US5078140A (en) * | 1986-05-08 | 1992-01-07 | Kwoh Yik S | Imaging device - aided robotic stereotaxis system |
US4723544A (en) * | 1986-07-09 | 1988-02-09 | Moore Robert R | Hemispherical vectoring needle guide for discolysis |
US4804261A (en) * | 1987-03-27 | 1989-02-14 | Kirschen David G | Anti-claustrophobic glasses |
US5186174A (en) * | 1987-05-21 | 1993-02-16 | G. M. Piaff | Process and device for the reproducible optical representation of a surgical operation |
US5494034A (en) * | 1987-05-27 | 1996-02-27 | Georg Schlondorff | Process and device for the reproducible optical representation of a surgical operation |
US4989608A (en) * | 1987-07-02 | 1991-02-05 | Ratner Adam V | Device construction and method facilitating magnetic resonance imaging of foreign objects in a body |
US4797907A (en) * | 1987-08-07 | 1989-01-10 | Diasonics Inc. | Battery enhanced power generation for mobile X-ray machine |
US4991579A (en) * | 1987-11-10 | 1991-02-12 | Allen George S | Method and apparatus for providing related images over time of a portion of the anatomy using fiducial implants |
US5178164A (en) * | 1987-11-10 | 1993-01-12 | Allen George S | Method for implanting a fiducial implant into a patient |
US5079699A (en) * | 1987-11-27 | 1992-01-07 | Picker International, Inc. | Quick three-dimensional display |
US4896673A (en) * | 1988-07-15 | 1990-01-30 | Medstone International, Inc. | Method and apparatus for stone localization using ultrasound imaging |
US5285787A (en) * | 1989-09-12 | 1994-02-15 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Apparatus for calculating coordinate data of desired point in subject to be examined |
US5868675A (en) * | 1989-10-05 | 1999-02-09 | Elekta Igs S.A. | Interactive system for local intervention inside a nonhumogeneous structure |
US5188126A (en) * | 1989-11-16 | 1993-02-23 | Fabian Carl E | Surgical implement detector utilizing capacitive coupling |
US5078714A (en) * | 1990-03-02 | 1992-01-07 | Jefferson Katims | Method and apparatus for placement of a probe in the body and the medical procedure for guiding and locating a catheter or probe in the body |
US5086401A (en) * | 1990-05-11 | 1992-02-04 | International Business Machines Corporation | Image-directed robotic system for precise robotic surgery including redundant consistency checking |
US5383454B1 (en) * | 1990-10-19 | 1996-12-31 | Univ St Louis | System for indicating the position of a surgical probe within a head on an image of the head |
US5383454A (en) * | 1990-10-19 | 1995-01-24 | St. Louis University | System for indicating the position of a surgical probe within a head on an image of the head |
US5480439A (en) * | 1991-02-13 | 1996-01-02 | Lunar Corporation | Method for periprosthetic bone mineral density measurement |
US5187475A (en) * | 1991-06-10 | 1993-02-16 | Honeywell Inc. | Apparatus for determining the position of an object |
US5279309A (en) * | 1991-06-13 | 1994-01-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Signaling device and method for monitoring positions in a surgical operation |
US5377678A (en) * | 1991-09-03 | 1995-01-03 | General Electric Company | Tracking system to follow the position and orientation of a device with radiofrequency fields |
US5178621A (en) * | 1991-12-10 | 1993-01-12 | Zimmer, Inc. | Two-piece radio-transparent proximal targeting device for a locking intramedullary nail |
US5386828A (en) * | 1991-12-23 | 1995-02-07 | Sims Deltec, Inc. | Guide wire apparatus with location sensing member |
US5389101A (en) * | 1992-04-21 | 1995-02-14 | University Of Utah | Apparatus and method for photogrammetric surgical localization |
US5603318A (en) * | 1992-04-21 | 1997-02-18 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Apparatus and method for photogrammetric surgical localization |
US5487729A (en) * | 1992-07-28 | 1996-01-30 | Cordis Corporation | Magnetic guidewire coupling for catheter exchange |
US6990370B1 (en) * | 1992-09-23 | 2006-01-24 | Endocardial Solutions, Inc. | Method for mapping heart electrophysiology |
US5394457A (en) * | 1992-10-08 | 1995-02-28 | Leibinger Gmbh | Device for marking body sites for medical examinations |
US5385146A (en) * | 1993-01-08 | 1995-01-31 | Goldreyer; Bruce N. | Orthogonal sensing for use in clinical electrophysiology |
US5595193A (en) * | 1993-02-12 | 1997-01-21 | Walus; Richard L. | Tool for implanting a fiducial marker |
US5715836A (en) * | 1993-02-16 | 1998-02-10 | Kliegis; Ulrich | Method and apparatus for planning and monitoring a surgical operation |
US5483961A (en) * | 1993-03-19 | 1996-01-16 | Kelly; Patrick J. | Magnetic field digitizer for stereotactic surgery |
US5871445A (en) * | 1993-04-26 | 1999-02-16 | St. Louis University | System for indicating the position of a surgical probe within a head on an image of the head |
US5391199A (en) * | 1993-07-20 | 1995-02-21 | Biosense, Inc. | Apparatus and method for treating cardiac arrhythmias |
US5487757A (en) * | 1993-07-20 | 1996-01-30 | Medtronic Cardiorhythm | Multicurve deflectable catheter |
US5713946A (en) * | 1993-07-20 | 1998-02-03 | Biosense, Inc. | Apparatus and method for intrabody mapping |
US5480422A (en) * | 1993-07-20 | 1996-01-02 | Biosense, Inc. | Apparatus for treating cardiac arrhythmias |
US5385148A (en) * | 1993-07-30 | 1995-01-31 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Cardiac imaging and ablation catheter |
US5487391A (en) * | 1994-01-28 | 1996-01-30 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for deriving and displaying the propagation velocities of electrical events in the heart |
US5485849A (en) * | 1994-01-31 | 1996-01-23 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | System and methods for matching electrical characteristics and propagation velocities in cardiac tissue |
US5596228A (en) * | 1994-03-10 | 1997-01-21 | Oec Medical Systems, Inc. | Apparatus for cooling charge coupled device imaging systems |
US5490196A (en) * | 1994-03-18 | 1996-02-06 | Metorex International Oy | Multi energy system for x-ray imaging applications |
US5598848A (en) * | 1994-03-31 | 1997-02-04 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for positioning multiple electrode structures in electrical contact with the myocardium |
US5600330A (en) * | 1994-07-12 | 1997-02-04 | Ascension Technology Corporation | Device for measuring position and orientation using non-dipole magnet IC fields |
US6175756B1 (en) * | 1994-09-15 | 2001-01-16 | Visualization Technology Inc. | Position tracking and imaging system for use in medical applications |
US6341231B1 (en) * | 1994-09-15 | 2002-01-22 | Visualization Technology, Inc. | Position tracking and imaging system for use in medical applications |
US5865846A (en) * | 1994-11-14 | 1999-02-02 | Bryan; Vincent | Human spinal disc prosthesis |
US5718241A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-02-17 | Biosense, Inc. | Apparatus and method for treating cardiac arrhythmias with no discrete target |
US5592939A (en) * | 1995-06-14 | 1997-01-14 | Martinelli; Michael A. | Method and system for navigating a catheter probe |
US5715822A (en) * | 1995-09-28 | 1998-02-10 | General Electric Company | Magnetic resonance devices suitable for both tracking and imaging |
US5868674A (en) * | 1995-11-24 | 1999-02-09 | U.S. Philips Corporation | MRI-system and catheter for interventional procedures |
US5711299A (en) * | 1996-01-26 | 1998-01-27 | Manwaring; Kim H. | Surgical guidance method and system for approaching a target within a body |
US6013087A (en) * | 1996-05-29 | 2000-01-11 | U.S. Philips Corporation | Image-guided surgery system |
US6016439A (en) * | 1996-10-15 | 2000-01-18 | Biosense, Inc. | Method and apparatus for synthetic viewpoint imaging |
US6014580A (en) * | 1997-11-12 | 2000-01-11 | Stereotaxis, Inc. | Device and method for specifying magnetic field for surgical applications |
US6178345B1 (en) * | 1998-06-30 | 2001-01-23 | Brainlab Med. Computersysteme Gmbh | Method for detecting the exact contour of targeted treatment areas, in particular, the external contour |
US6016447A (en) * | 1998-10-27 | 2000-01-18 | Medtronic, Inc. | Pacemaker implant recognition |
US6574498B1 (en) * | 1999-09-16 | 2003-06-03 | Super Dimension Ltd. | Linking of an intra-body tracking system to external reference coordinates |
US6172499B1 (en) * | 1999-10-29 | 2001-01-09 | Ascension Technology Corporation | Eddy current error-reduced AC magnetic position measurement system |
US8106407B2 (en) * | 2000-08-18 | 2012-01-31 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Light-emitting device and display device |
US20030018251A1 (en) * | 2001-04-06 | 2003-01-23 | Stephen Solomon | Cardiological mapping and navigation system |
US20050018888A1 (en) * | 2001-12-14 | 2005-01-27 | Zonneveld Frans Wessel | Method, system and computer program of visualizing the surface texture of the wall of an internal hollow organ of a subject based on a volumetric scan thereof |
US20040001075A1 (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2004-01-01 | Silicon Graphics, Inc. | System for physical rotation of volumetric display enclosures to facilitate viewing |
US20040019359A1 (en) * | 2002-07-24 | 2004-01-29 | Worley Seth J. | Telescopic introducer with a compound curvature for inducing alignment and method of using the same |
US20100022873A1 (en) * | 2002-11-19 | 2010-01-28 | Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. | Navigation System for Cardiac Therapies |
US20050004476A1 (en) * | 2003-05-28 | 2005-01-06 | Saeed Payvar | Method and apparatus for detecting ischemia |
US20070016084A1 (en) * | 2003-08-28 | 2007-01-18 | Andre Denault | Catherter for measuring an intraventricular pressure and method of using same |
US8105945B2 (en) * | 2003-10-02 | 2012-01-31 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing wiring, thin film transistor, light emitting device and liquid crystal display device, and droplet discharge apparatus for forming the same |
US7479141B2 (en) * | 2003-11-26 | 2009-01-20 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Ablation tip catheter device with integrated imaging, ECG and positioning devices |
US20060013523A1 (en) * | 2004-07-16 | 2006-01-19 | Luna Innovations Incorporated | Fiber optic position and shape sensing device and method relating thereto |
US8105691B2 (en) * | 2005-07-13 | 2012-01-31 | Miyoshi Kasei, Inc. | Hydrophilized surface-treated powder and cosmetics containing same |
US20070232898A1 (en) * | 2006-03-31 | 2007-10-04 | Medtronic Vascular, Inc. | Telescoping Catheter With Electromagnetic Coils for Imaging and Navigation During Cardiac Procedures |
US20080015466A1 (en) * | 2006-07-13 | 2008-01-17 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Obtaining a tissue sample |
US20080024493A1 (en) * | 2006-07-25 | 2008-01-31 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Systems and Methods of Direct Volume Rendering |
US7824328B2 (en) * | 2006-09-18 | 2010-11-02 | Stryker Corporation | Method and apparatus for tracking a surgical instrument during surgery |
US20100004724A1 (en) * | 2007-04-18 | 2010-01-07 | Medtronic, Inc. | Chronically-implantable active fixation medical electrical leads and related methods for non-fluoroscopic implantation |
US20090017430A1 (en) * | 2007-05-15 | 2009-01-15 | Stryker Trauma Gmbh | Virtual surgical training tool |
US8106905B2 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2012-01-31 | Medtronic, Inc. | Illustrating a three-dimensional nature of a data set on a two-dimensional display |
US8102116B2 (en) * | 2008-12-19 | 2012-01-24 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Organic light-emitting device |
Cited By (92)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8135467B2 (en) | 2007-04-18 | 2012-03-13 | Medtronic, Inc. | Chronically-implantable active fixation medical electrical leads and related methods for non-fluoroscopic implantation |
US8185192B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2012-05-22 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Correcting for distortion in a tracking system |
US8843189B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2014-09-23 | Medtronic, Inc. | Interference blocking and frequency selection |
US20090262979A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Determining a Material Flow Characteristic in a Structure |
US20090264778A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Uni-Polar and Bi-Polar Switchable Tracking System between |
US20090264741A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Determining a Size of A Representation of A Tracked Member |
US20090264739A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Determining a position of a member within a sheath |
US20090264751A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Determining the position of an electrode relative to an insulative cover |
US20090264727A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Method and apparatus for mapping a structure |
US20090262109A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Illustrating a three-dimensional nature of a data set on a two-dimensional display |
US20090264750A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Locating a member in a structure |
US20090264738A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Method and apparatus for mapping a structure |
US20090265128A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Correcting for distortion in a tracking system |
US20090262982A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Determining a Location of a Member |
US20090264746A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Tracking a guide member |
US20090264744A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Reference Structure for a Tracking System |
US20090264742A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Determining and Illustrating a Structure |
US20090264749A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Identifying a structure for cannulation |
US20090267773A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-29 | Markowitz H Toby | Multiple Sensor for Structure Identification |
US8887736B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2014-11-18 | Medtronic, Inc. | Tracking a guide member |
US20090297001A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-12-03 | Markowitz H Toby | Method And Apparatus For Mapping A Structure |
US9131872B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2015-09-15 | Medtronic, Inc. | Multiple sensor input for structure identification |
US20090264777A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Determining a Flow Characteristic of a Material in a Structure |
US10426377B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2019-10-01 | Medtronic, Inc. | Determining a location of a member |
US8106905B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2012-01-31 | Medtronic, Inc. | Illustrating a three-dimensional nature of a data set on a two-dimensional display |
US9101285B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2015-08-11 | Medtronic, Inc. | Reference structure for a tracking system |
US8208991B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2012-06-26 | Medtronic, Inc. | Determining a material flow characteristic in a structure |
US20090264752A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Method And Apparatus For Mapping A Structure |
US20090264743A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Markowitz H Toby | Interference Blocking and Frequency Selection |
US8768434B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2014-07-01 | Medtronic, Inc. | Determining and illustrating a structure |
US8260395B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2012-09-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and apparatus for mapping a structure |
US8340751B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2012-12-25 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and apparatus for determining tracking a virtual point defined relative to a tracked member |
US8345067B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2013-01-01 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Volumetrically illustrating a structure |
US9662041B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2017-05-30 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and apparatus for mapping a structure |
US8364252B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2013-01-29 | Medtronic, Inc. | Identifying a structure for cannulation |
US8391965B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2013-03-05 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Determining the position of an electrode relative to an insulative cover |
US8421799B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2013-04-16 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Illustrating a three-dimensional nature of a data set on a two-dimensional display |
US8424536B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2013-04-23 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Locating a member in a structure |
US8442625B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2013-05-14 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Determining and illustrating tracking system members |
US8457371B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2013-06-04 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Method and apparatus for mapping a structure |
US8494608B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2013-07-23 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and apparatus for mapping a structure |
US9332928B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2016-05-10 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and apparatus to synchronize a location determination in a structure with a characteristic of the structure |
US9179860B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2015-11-10 | Medtronic, Inc. | Determining a location of a member |
US8532734B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2013-09-10 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Method and apparatus for mapping a structure |
US8560042B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2013-10-15 | Medtronic, Inc. | Locating an indicator |
US8660640B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2014-02-25 | Medtronic, Inc. | Determining a size of a representation of a tracked member |
US8663120B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2014-03-04 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Method and apparatus for mapping a structure |
US8839798B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2014-09-23 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for determining sheath location |
US8214018B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2012-07-03 | Medtronic, Inc. | Determining a flow characteristic of a material in a structure |
US8831701B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2014-09-09 | Medtronic, Inc. | Uni-polar and bi-polar switchable tracking system between |
US20100304096A2 (en) * | 2008-05-06 | 2010-12-02 | Intertape Polymer Corp. | Edge coatings for tapes |
US20090280301A1 (en) * | 2008-05-06 | 2009-11-12 | Intertape Polymer Corp. | Edge coatings for tapes |
US8731641B2 (en) | 2008-12-16 | 2014-05-20 | Medtronic Navigation, Inc. | Combination of electromagnetic and electropotential localization |
US8175681B2 (en) | 2008-12-16 | 2012-05-08 | Medtronic Navigation Inc. | Combination of electromagnetic and electropotential localization |
US20110051845A1 (en) * | 2009-08-31 | 2011-03-03 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Frequency diversity and phase rotation |
US8494614B2 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2013-07-23 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Combination localization system |
US8355774B2 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2013-01-15 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method to evaluate electrode position and spacing |
US20110106203A1 (en) * | 2009-10-30 | 2011-05-05 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method to evaluate electrode position and spacing |
US11382531B2 (en) * | 2010-09-30 | 2022-07-12 | Nevro Corp. | Systems and methods for positioning implanted devices in a patient |
US20130225942A1 (en) * | 2012-02-22 | 2013-08-29 | Veran Medical Technologies, Inc. | Surgical catheter having side exiting medical instrument and related systems and methods for four dimensional soft tissue navigation |
US10460437B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2019-10-29 | Veran Medical Technologies, Inc. | Method for placing a localization element in an organ of a patient for four dimensional soft tissue navigation |
US11551359B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2023-01-10 | Veran Medical Technologies, Inc | Systems, methods and devices for forming respiratory-gated point cloud for four dimensional soft tissue navigation |
US11830198B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2023-11-28 | Veran Medical Technologies, Inc. | Systems, methods and devices for forming respiratory-gated point cloud for four dimensional soft tissue navigation |
US10249036B2 (en) * | 2012-02-22 | 2019-04-02 | Veran Medical Technologies, Inc. | Surgical catheter having side exiting medical instrument and related systems and methods for four dimensional soft tissue navigation |
US11403753B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2022-08-02 | Veran Medical Technologies, Inc. | Surgical catheter having side exiting medical instrument and related systems and methods for four dimensional soft tissue navigation |
US10977789B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2021-04-13 | Veran Medical Technologies, Inc. | Systems, methods and devices for forming respiratory-gated point cloud for four dimensional soft tissue navigation |
US10140704B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2018-11-27 | Veran Medical Technologies, Inc. | Systems, methods and devices for forming respiratory-gated point cloud for four dimensional soft tissue navigation |
US11931577B2 (en) | 2012-04-02 | 2024-03-19 | Nevro Corp. | Devices for controlling spinal cord modulation for inhibiting pain, and associated systems and methods, including controllers for automated parameter selection |
US8900225B2 (en) | 2012-05-07 | 2014-12-02 | Biosense Webster (Israel) Ltd. | Automatic ablation tracking |
US9687307B2 (en) | 2012-09-26 | 2017-06-27 | Stryker Corporation | Navigation system and method for tracking objects using optical and non-optical sensors |
US11529198B2 (en) | 2012-09-26 | 2022-12-20 | Stryker Corporation | Optical and non-optical sensor tracking of objects for a robotic cutting system |
US10575906B2 (en) | 2012-09-26 | 2020-03-03 | Stryker Corporation | Navigation system and method for tracking objects using optical and non-optical sensors |
US9008757B2 (en) | 2012-09-26 | 2015-04-14 | Stryker Corporation | Navigation system including optical and non-optical sensors |
US9271804B2 (en) | 2012-09-26 | 2016-03-01 | Stryker Corporation | Method for tracking objects using optical and non-optical sensors |
US10105111B2 (en) | 2013-05-03 | 2018-10-23 | University-Industry Foundation (Uif) | PET-RFA complex medical device and treatment method using the same |
KR101462520B1 (en) * | 2013-05-03 | 2014-11-17 | 연세대학교 산학협력단 | Pet-mri complex medical device and method for treating using it |
WO2016014228A1 (en) * | 2014-07-23 | 2016-01-28 | Sony Corporation | Image registration system with non-rigid registration and method of operation thereof |
US10506947B2 (en) * | 2014-12-11 | 2019-12-17 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Automated selection of optimal calibration in tracked interventional procedures |
US20170354346A1 (en) * | 2014-12-11 | 2017-12-14 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Automated selection of optimal calibration in tracked interventional procedures |
US9737223B2 (en) | 2015-05-13 | 2017-08-22 | Medtronic, Inc. | Determining onset of cardiac depolarization and repolarization waves for signal processing |
US10687722B2 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2020-06-23 | Medtronic, Inc. | Identifying ambiguous cardiac signals for electrophysiologic mapping |
US9782094B2 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2017-10-10 | Medtronic, Inc. | Identifying ambiguous cardiac signals for electrophysiologic mapping |
US9610045B2 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2017-04-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | Detection of valid signals versus artifacts in a multichannel mapping system |
US11213377B2 (en) * | 2015-11-17 | 2022-01-04 | Quick Shot Corporation | Integrated fluid administration system |
AU2015414726B2 (en) * | 2015-11-17 | 2021-06-17 | James Monti Jr. | Integrated fluid administration system |
WO2017086924A1 (en) * | 2015-11-17 | 2017-05-26 | Monti Jr James | Integrated fluid administration system |
WO2018076503A1 (en) * | 2016-10-28 | 2018-05-03 | 苏州朗开医疗技术有限公司 | Positioning system and medical positioning system for diagnosing of target object in body |
US11419539B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2022-08-23 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | QRS onset and offset times and cycle selection using anterior and posterior electrode signals |
CN111699017A (en) * | 2018-02-07 | 2020-09-22 | 美敦力施美德公司 | Cochlear implant positioning system |
WO2019157004A1 (en) * | 2018-02-07 | 2019-08-15 | Medtronic Xomed, Inc. | Cochlear implant localization system |
US11759272B2 (en) | 2019-01-10 | 2023-09-19 | Medtronic Navigation, Inc. | System and method for registration between coordinate systems and navigation |
US11918297B2 (en) * | 2019-01-10 | 2024-03-05 | Mazor Robotics Ltd. | System and method for registration between coordinate systems and navigation |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2011025708A3 (en) | 2011-06-30 |
WO2011025708A2 (en) | 2011-03-03 |
US8494613B2 (en) | 2013-07-23 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US8494613B2 (en) | Combination localization system | |
US8494614B2 (en) | Combination localization system | |
US8731641B2 (en) | Combination of electromagnetic and electropotential localization | |
US8734466B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for controlled insertion and withdrawal of electrodes | |
US10070802B2 (en) | Methods and apparatus for electromagnetic navigation of a magnetic stimulation probe | |
EP2331001B1 (en) | System for tracking a patient | |
US8364242B2 (en) | System and method of combining ultrasound image acquisition with fluoroscopic image acquisition | |
US8428690B2 (en) | Intracardiac echocardiography image reconstruction in combination with position tracking system | |
EP1523951A2 (en) | Method and apparatus for surgical navigation | |
US20080287790A1 (en) | Imaging system and method of delivery of an instrument to an imaged subject | |
EP2453824A1 (en) | Subcutaneous lead guidance | |
IL259151A (en) | Combination torso vest to map cardiac electrophysiology | |
WO2008133615A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for controlled insertion and withdrawal of electrodes | |
JP2021030073A (en) | Systems and methods of fluoroscopic ct imaging for initial registration | |
JP2003180680A (en) | Navigation system | |
EP2432388B1 (en) | System for cardiac lead placement | |
WO2024089504A1 (en) | System operable to determine a pose of an instrument | |
WO2024089502A1 (en) | System and method for illustrating a pose of an object | |
WO2024089503A1 (en) | System and method for illustrating a pose of an object |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: MEDTRONIC, INC., MINNESOTA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MARKOWITZ, H. TOBY;GARDESKI, KENNETH C.;CARVER, JEAN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20100419 TO 20100607;REEL/FRAME:024894/0259 |
|
STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |
|
FPAY | Fee payment |
Year of fee payment: 4 |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 8TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1552); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY Year of fee payment: 8 |